afeica
/
cocos-engine-external
2
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Merge pull request #292 from cocos/v3.6-oh 

V3.6 oh (#288)
This commit is contained in:
minggo 2022-09-14 14:26:23 +08:00 committed by GitHub
parent 09edde8c6c e846db73d7
commit a2893d7c66
No known key found for this signature in database
GPG Key ID: 4AEE18F83AFDEB23
395 changed files with 143079 additions and 5 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

31
ohos/CMakeLists.txt
View File

@ -143,7 +143,19 @@ add_library(glslang-default-resource-limits STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(glslang-default-resource-limits PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libglslang-default-resource-limits.a
)
set(glslang_libs_name glslang OGLCompiler OSDependent SPIRV glslang-default-resource-limits)
set(glslang_libs_name glslang OGLCompiler OSDependent SPIRV glslang-default-resource-limits MachineIndependent GenericCodeGen)
if(OPENHARMONY)
add_library(MachineIndependent STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(MachineIndependent PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libMachineIndependent.a
)
add_library(GenericCodeGen STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(GenericCodeGen PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libGenericCodeGen.a
)
list(APPEND glslang_libs_name MachineIndependent GenericCodeGen)
endif()
############################# TBB #############################
@ -175,12 +187,16 @@ endif()
list(APPEND CC_EXTERNAL_LIBS
jpeg
png
webp
sqlite3
${se_libs_name}
${glslang_libs_name}
OpenALSoft
mpg123
)
if(NOT OPENHARMONY)
list(APPEND CC_EXTERNAL_LIBS
webp
${se_libs_name}
OpenALSoft
mpg123
)
set(ZLIB z)
@ -188,6 +204,8 @@ if(NOT USE_MODULES)
list(APPEND CC_EXTERNAL_LIBS ${ZLIB})
endif()
endif()
if(USE_V8_DEBUGGER OR USE_WEBSOCKET_SERVER)
list(APPEND CC_EXTERNAL_LIBS
@ -198,6 +216,9 @@ endif()
list(APPEND CC_EXTERNAL_INCLUDES
${platform_spec_path}/include
${platform_spec_path}/include/v8
${platform_spec_path}/include/sqlite
${platform_spec_path}/include/png16
${platform_spec_path}/include/uv
)
#TODO: remove in future version

477
ohos/armeabi-v7a/ext/usr/include/EGL/egl.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,477 @@
#ifndef __egl_h_
#define __egl_h_ 1
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*
** Copyright (c) 2013-2017 The Khronos Group Inc.
**
** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
** copy of this software and/or associated documentation files (the
** "Materials"), to deal in the Materials without restriction, including
** without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
** distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to
** permit persons to whom the Materials are furnished to do so, subject to
** the following conditions:
**
** The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
** in all copies or substantial portions of the Materials.
**
** THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
** EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
** MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
** IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
** CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
** TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
** MATERIALS OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE MATERIALS.
*/
/*
** This header is generated from the Khronos EGL XML API Registry.
** The current version of the Registry, generator scripts
** used to make the header, and the header can be found at
** http://www.khronos.org/registry/egl
**
** Khronos $Git commit SHA1: ad06e1c38e $ on $Git commit date: 2020-04-09
*18:40:05 +0200 $
*/
#include <EGL/eglplatform.h>
#ifndef EGL_EGL_PROTOTYPES
#define EGL_EGL_PROTOTYPES 1
#endif
/* Generated on date 20200505 */
/* Generated C header for:
* API: egl
* Versions considered: .*
* Versions emitted: .*
* Default extensions included: None
* Additional extensions included: _nomatch_^
* Extensions removed: _nomatch_^
*/
#ifndef EGL_VERSION_1_0
#define EGL_VERSION_1_0 1
typedef unsigned int EGLBoolean;
typedef void *EGLDisplay;
#include <EGL/eglplatform.h>
#include <KHR/khrplatform.h>
typedef void *EGLConfig;
typedef void *EGLSurface;
typedef void *EGLContext;
typedef void (*__eglMustCastToProperFunctionPointerType)(void);
#define EGL_ALPHA_SIZE 0x3021
#define EGL_BAD_ACCESS 0x3002
#define EGL_BAD_ALLOC 0x3003
#define EGL_BAD_ATTRIBUTE 0x3004
#define EGL_BAD_CONFIG 0x3005
#define EGL_BAD_CONTEXT 0x3006
#define EGL_BAD_CURRENT_SURFACE 0x3007
#define EGL_BAD_DISPLAY 0x3008
#define EGL_BAD_MATCH 0x3009
#define EGL_BAD_NATIVE_PIXMAP 0x300A
#define EGL_BAD_NATIVE_WINDOW 0x300B
#define EGL_BAD_PARAMETER 0x300C
#define EGL_BAD_SURFACE 0x300D
#define EGL_BLUE_SIZE 0x3022
#define EGL_BUFFER_SIZE 0x3020
#define EGL_CONFIG_CAVEAT 0x3027
#define EGL_CONFIG_ID 0x3028
#define EGL_CORE_NATIVE_ENGINE 0x305B
#define EGL_DEPTH_SIZE 0x3025
#define EGL_DONT_CARE EGL_CAST(EGLint, -1)
#define EGL_DRAW 0x3059
#define EGL_EXTENSIONS 0x3055
#define EGL_FALSE 0
#define EGL_GREEN_SIZE 0x3023
#define EGL_HEIGHT 0x3056
#define EGL_LARGEST_PBUFFER 0x3058
#define EGL_LEVEL 0x3029
#define EGL_MAX_PBUFFER_HEIGHT 0x302A
#define EGL_MAX_PBUFFER_PIXELS 0x302B
#define EGL_MAX_PBUFFER_WIDTH 0x302C
#define EGL_NATIVE_RENDERABLE 0x302D
#define EGL_NATIVE_VISUAL_ID 0x302E
#define EGL_NATIVE_VISUAL_TYPE 0x302F
#define EGL_NONE 0x3038
#define EGL_NON_CONFORMANT_CONFIG 0x3051
#define EGL_NOT_INITIALIZED 0x3001
#define EGL_NO_CONTEXT EGL_CAST(EGLContext, 0)
#define EGL_NO_DISPLAY EGL_CAST(EGLDisplay, 0)
#define EGL_NO_SURFACE EGL_CAST(EGLSurface, 0)
#define EGL_PBUFFER_BIT 0x0001
#define EGL_PIXMAP_BIT 0x0002
#define EGL_READ 0x305A
#define EGL_RED_SIZE 0x3024
#define EGL_SAMPLES 0x3031
#define EGL_SAMPLE_BUFFERS 0x3032
#define EGL_SLOW_CONFIG 0x3050
#define EGL_STENCIL_SIZE 0x3026
#define EGL_SUCCESS 0x3000
#define EGL_SURFACE_TYPE 0x3033
#define EGL_TRANSPARENT_BLUE_VALUE 0x3035
#define EGL_TRANSPARENT_GREEN_VALUE 0x3036
#define EGL_TRANSPARENT_RED_VALUE 0x3037
#define EGL_TRANSPARENT_RGB 0x3052
#define EGL_TRANSPARENT_TYPE 0x3034
#define EGL_TRUE 1
#define EGL_VENDOR 0x3053
#define EGL_VERSION 0x3054
#define EGL_WIDTH 0x3057
#define EGL_WINDOW_BIT 0x0004
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCHOOSECONFIGPROC)(
EGLDisplay dpy, const EGLint *attrib_list, EGLConfig *configs,
EGLint config_size, EGLint *num_config);
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCOPYBUFFERSPROC)(
EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLNativePixmapType target);
typedef EGLContext(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATECONTEXTPROC)(
EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, EGLContext share_context,
const EGLint *attrib_list);
typedef EGLSurface(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATEPBUFFERSURFACEPROC)(
EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, const EGLint *attrib_list);
typedef EGLSurface(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATEPIXMAPSURFACEPROC)(
EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, EGLNativePixmapType pixmap,
const EGLint *attrib_list);
typedef EGLSurface(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATEWINDOWSURFACEPROC)(
EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, EGLNativeWindowType win,
const EGLint *attrib_list);
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLDESTROYCONTEXTPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLContext ctx);
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLDESTROYSURFACEPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLSurface surface);
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETCONFIGATTRIBPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLConfig config,
EGLint attribute,
EGLint *value);
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETCONFIGSPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLConfig *configs,
EGLint config_size,
EGLint *num_config);
typedef EGLDisplay(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETCURRENTDISPLAYPROC)(void);
typedef EGLSurface(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETCURRENTSURFACEPROC)(EGLint readdraw);
typedef EGLDisplay(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETDISPLAYPROC)(
EGLNativeDisplayType display_id);
typedef EGLint(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETERRORPROC)(void);
typedef __eglMustCastToProperFunctionPointerType(
EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETPROCADDRESSPROC)(const char *procname);
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLINITIALIZEPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLint *major,
EGLint *minor);
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLMAKECURRENTPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLSurface draw,
EGLSurface read,
EGLContext ctx);
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYCONTEXTPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLContext ctx,
EGLint attribute,
EGLint *value);
typedef const char *(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYSTRINGPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLint name);
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYSURFACEPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLSurface surface,
EGLint attribute,
EGLint *value);
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSWAPBUFFERSPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLSurface surface);
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLTERMINATEPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy);
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLWAITGLPROC)(void);
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLWAITNATIVEPROC)(EGLint engine);
#if EGL_EGL_PROTOTYPES
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglChooseConfig(EGLDisplay dpy,
const EGLint *attrib_list,
EGLConfig *configs,
EGLint config_size,
EGLint *num_config);
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglCopyBuffers(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface,
EGLNativePixmapType target);
EGLAPI EGLContext EGLAPIENTRY eglCreateContext(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config,
EGLContext share_context,
const EGLint *attrib_list);
EGLAPI EGLSurface EGLAPIENTRY eglCreatePbufferSurface(
EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, const EGLint *attrib_list);
EGLAPI EGLSurface EGLAPIENTRY eglCreatePixmapSurface(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLConfig config,
EGLNativePixmapType pixmap,
const EGLint *attrib_list);
EGLAPI EGLSurface EGLAPIENTRY eglCreateWindowSurface(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLConfig config,
EGLNativeWindowType win,
const EGLint *attrib_list);
EGLAPI EGLSurface EGLAPIENTRY
HeglCreateWindowSurface(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config,
EGLNativeWindowType win, const EGLint *attrib_list);
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglDestroyContext(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLContext ctx);
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglDestroySurface(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLSurface surface);
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglGetConfigAttrib(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLConfig config,
EGLint attribute,
EGLint *value);
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglGetConfigs(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig *configs,
EGLint config_size,
EGLint *num_config);
EGLAPI EGLDisplay EGLAPIENTRY eglGetCurrentDisplay(void);
EGLAPI EGLSurface EGLAPIENTRY eglGetCurrentSurface(EGLint readdraw);
EGLAPI EGLDisplay EGLAPIENTRY eglGetDisplay(EGLNativeDisplayType display_id);
EGLAPI EGLint EGLAPIENTRY eglGetError(void);
EGLAPI __eglMustCastToProperFunctionPointerType EGLAPIENTRY
eglGetProcAddress(const char *procname);
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglInitialize(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLint *major,
EGLint *minor);
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglMakeCurrent(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface draw,
EGLSurface read, EGLContext ctx);
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryContext(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLContext ctx,
EGLint attribute, EGLint *value);
EGLAPI const char *EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryString(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLint name);
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQuerySurface(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLSurface surface,
EGLint attribute, EGLint *value);
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglSwapBuffers(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLSurface surface);
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglTerminate(EGLDisplay dpy);
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglWaitGL(void);
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglWaitNative(EGLint engine);
#endif
#endif /* EGL_VERSION_1_0 */
#ifndef EGL_VERSION_1_1
#define EGL_VERSION_1_1 1
#define EGL_BACK_BUFFER 0x3084
#define EGL_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_RGB 0x3039
#define EGL_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_RGBA 0x303A
#define EGL_CONTEXT_LOST 0x300E
#define EGL_MIN_SWAP_INTERVAL 0x303B
#define EGL_MAX_SWAP_INTERVAL 0x303C
#define EGL_MIPMAP_TEXTURE 0x3082
#define EGL_MIPMAP_LEVEL 0x3083
#define EGL_NO_TEXTURE 0x305C
#define EGL_TEXTURE_2D 0x305F
#define EGL_TEXTURE_FORMAT 0x3080
#define EGL_TEXTURE_RGB 0x305D
#define EGL_TEXTURE_RGBA 0x305E
#define EGL_TEXTURE_TARGET 0x3081
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLBINDTEXIMAGEPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLSurface surface,
EGLint buffer);
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLRELEASETEXIMAGEPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLSurface surface,
EGLint buffer);
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSURFACEATTRIBPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLSurface surface,
EGLint attribute,
EGLint value);
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSWAPINTERVALPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLint interval);
#if EGL_EGL_PROTOTYPES
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglBindTexImage(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLSurface surface,
EGLint buffer);
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglReleaseTexImage(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLSurface surface,
EGLint buffer);
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglSurfaceAttrib(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLSurface surface,
EGLint attribute, EGLint value);
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglSwapInterval(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLint interval);
#endif
#endif /* EGL_VERSION_1_1 */
#ifndef EGL_VERSION_1_2
#define EGL_VERSION_1_2 1
typedef unsigned int EGLenum;
typedef void *EGLClientBuffer;
#define EGL_ALPHA_FORMAT 0x3088
#define EGL_ALPHA_FORMAT_NONPRE 0x308B
#define EGL_ALPHA_FORMAT_PRE 0x308C
#define EGL_ALPHA_MASK_SIZE 0x303E
#define EGL_BUFFER_PRESERVED 0x3094
#define EGL_BUFFER_DESTROYED 0x3095
#define EGL_CLIENT_APIS 0x308D
#define EGL_COLORSPACE 0x3087
#define EGL_COLORSPACE_sRGB 0x3089
#define EGL_COLORSPACE_LINEAR 0x308A
#define EGL_COLOR_BUFFER_TYPE 0x303F
#define EGL_CONTEXT_CLIENT_TYPE 0x3097
#define EGL_DISPLAY_SCALING 10000
#define EGL_HORIZONTAL_RESOLUTION 0x3090
#define EGL_LUMINANCE_BUFFER 0x308F
#define EGL_LUMINANCE_SIZE 0x303D
#define EGL_OPENGL_ES_BIT 0x0001
#define EGL_OPENVG_BIT 0x0002
#define EGL_OPENGL_ES_API 0x30A0
#define EGL_OPENVG_API 0x30A1
#define EGL_OPENVG_IMAGE 0x3096
#define EGL_PIXEL_ASPECT_RATIO 0x3092
#define EGL_RENDERABLE_TYPE 0x3040
#define EGL_RENDER_BUFFER 0x3086
#define EGL_RGB_BUFFER 0x308E
#define EGL_SINGLE_BUFFER 0x3085
#define EGL_SWAP_BEHAVIOR 0x3093
#define EGL_UNKNOWN EGL_CAST(EGLint, -1)
#define EGL_VERTICAL_RESOLUTION 0x3091
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLBINDAPIPROC)(EGLenum api);
typedef EGLenum(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYAPIPROC)(void);
typedef EGLSurface(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATEPBUFFERFROMCLIENTBUFFERPROC)(
EGLDisplay dpy, EGLenum buftype, EGLClientBuffer buffer, EGLConfig config,
const EGLint *attrib_list);
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLRELEASETHREADPROC)(void);
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLWAITCLIENTPROC)(void);
#if EGL_EGL_PROTOTYPES
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglBindAPI(EGLenum api);
EGLAPI EGLenum EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryAPI(void);
EGLAPI EGLSurface EGLAPIENTRY eglCreatePbufferFromClientBuffer(
EGLDisplay dpy, EGLenum buftype, EGLClientBuffer buffer, EGLConfig config,
const EGLint *attrib_list);
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglReleaseThread(void);
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglWaitClient(void);
#endif
#endif /* EGL_VERSION_1_2 */
#ifndef EGL_VERSION_1_3
#define EGL_VERSION_1_3 1
#define EGL_CONFORMANT 0x3042
#define EGL_CONTEXT_CLIENT_VERSION 0x3098
#define EGL_MATCH_NATIVE_PIXMAP 0x3041
#define EGL_OPENGL_ES2_BIT 0x0004
#define EGL_VG_ALPHA_FORMAT 0x3088
#define EGL_VG_ALPHA_FORMAT_NONPRE 0x308B
#define EGL_VG_ALPHA_FORMAT_PRE 0x308C
#define EGL_VG_ALPHA_FORMAT_PRE_BIT 0x0040
#define EGL_VG_COLORSPACE 0x3087
#define EGL_VG_COLORSPACE_sRGB 0x3089
#define EGL_VG_COLORSPACE_LINEAR 0x308A
#define EGL_VG_COLORSPACE_LINEAR_BIT 0x0020
#endif /* EGL_VERSION_1_3 */
#ifndef EGL_VERSION_1_4
#define EGL_VERSION_1_4 1
#define EGL_DEFAULT_DISPLAY EGL_CAST(EGLNativeDisplayType, 0)
#define EGL_MULTISAMPLE_RESOLVE_BOX_BIT 0x0200
#define EGL_MULTISAMPLE_RESOLVE 0x3099
#define EGL_MULTISAMPLE_RESOLVE_DEFAULT 0x309A
#define EGL_MULTISAMPLE_RESOLVE_BOX 0x309B
#define EGL_OPENGL_API 0x30A2
#define EGL_OPENGL_BIT 0x0008
#define EGL_SWAP_BEHAVIOR_PRESERVED_BIT 0x0400
typedef EGLContext(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETCURRENTCONTEXTPROC)(void);
#if EGL_EGL_PROTOTYPES
EGLAPI EGLContext EGLAPIENTRY eglGetCurrentContext(void);
#endif
#endif /* EGL_VERSION_1_4 */
#ifndef EGL_VERSION_1_5
#define EGL_VERSION_1_5 1
typedef void *EGLSync;
typedef intptr_t EGLAttrib;
typedef khronos_utime_nanoseconds_t EGLTime;
typedef void *EGLImage;
#define EGL_CONTEXT_MAJOR_VERSION 0x3098
#define EGL_CONTEXT_MINOR_VERSION 0x30FB
#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_PROFILE_MASK 0x30FD
#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_RESET_NOTIFICATION_STRATEGY 0x31BD
#define EGL_NO_RESET_NOTIFICATION 0x31BE
#define EGL_LOSE_CONTEXT_ON_RESET 0x31BF
#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_CORE_PROFILE_BIT 0x00000001
#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_COMPATIBILITY_PROFILE_BIT 0x00000002
#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_DEBUG 0x31B0
#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_FORWARD_COMPATIBLE 0x31B1
#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_ROBUST_ACCESS 0x31B2
#define EGL_OPENGL_ES3_BIT 0x00000040
#define EGL_CL_EVENT_HANDLE 0x309C
#define EGL_SYNC_CL_EVENT 0x30FE
#define EGL_SYNC_CL_EVENT_COMPLETE 0x30FF
#define EGL_SYNC_PRIOR_COMMANDS_COMPLETE 0x30F0
#define EGL_SYNC_TYPE 0x30F7
#define EGL_SYNC_STATUS 0x30F1
#define EGL_SYNC_CONDITION 0x30F8
#define EGL_SIGNALED 0x30F2
#define EGL_UNSIGNALED 0x30F3
#define EGL_SYNC_FLUSH_COMMANDS_BIT 0x0001
#define EGL_FOREVER 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFull
#define EGL_TIMEOUT_EXPIRED 0x30F5
#define EGL_CONDITION_SATISFIED 0x30F6
#define EGL_NO_SYNC EGL_CAST(EGLSync, 0)
#define EGL_SYNC_FENCE 0x30F9
#define EGL_GL_COLORSPACE 0x309D
#define EGL_GL_COLORSPACE_SRGB 0x3089
#define EGL_GL_COLORSPACE_LINEAR 0x308A
#define EGL_GL_RENDERBUFFER 0x30B9
#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_2D 0x30B1
#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_LEVEL 0x30BC
#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_3D 0x30B2
#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_ZOFFSET 0x30BD
#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_X 0x30B3
#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_X 0x30B4
#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_Y 0x30B5
#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_Y 0x30B6
#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_Z 0x30B7
#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_Z 0x30B8
#define EGL_IMAGE_PRESERVED 0x30D2
#define EGL_NO_IMAGE EGL_CAST(EGLImage, 0)
typedef EGLSync(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATESYNCPROC)(
EGLDisplay dpy, EGLenum type, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list);
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLDESTROYSYNCPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLSync sync);
typedef EGLint(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCLIENTWAITSYNCPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLSync sync,
EGLint flags,
EGLTime timeout);
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETSYNCATTRIBPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLSync sync,
EGLint attribute,
EGLAttrib *value);
typedef EGLImage(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATEIMAGEPROC)(
EGLDisplay dpy, EGLContext ctx, EGLenum target, EGLClientBuffer buffer,
const EGLAttrib *attrib_list);
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLDESTROYIMAGEPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLImage image);
typedef EGLDisplay(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETPLATFORMDISPLAYPROC)(
EGLenum platform, void *native_display, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list);
typedef EGLSurface(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATEPLATFORMWINDOWSURFACEPROC)(
EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, void *native_window,
const EGLAttrib *attrib_list);
typedef EGLSurface(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATEPLATFORMPIXMAPSURFACEPROC)(
EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, void *native_pixmap,
const EGLAttrib *attrib_list);
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLWAITSYNCPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLSync sync, EGLint flags);
#if EGL_EGL_PROTOTYPES
EGLAPI EGLSync EGLAPIENTRY eglCreateSync(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLenum type,
const EGLAttrib *attrib_list);
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglDestroySync(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSync sync);
EGLAPI EGLint EGLAPIENTRY eglClientWaitSync(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSync sync,
EGLint flags, EGLTime timeout);
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglGetSyncAttrib(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSync sync,
EGLint attribute,
EGLAttrib *value);
EGLAPI EGLImage EGLAPIENTRY eglCreateImage(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLContext ctx,
EGLenum target,
EGLClientBuffer buffer,
const EGLAttrib *attrib_list);
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglDestroyImage(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLImage image);
EGLAPI EGLDisplay EGLAPIENTRY eglGetPlatformDisplay(
EGLenum platform, void *native_display, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list);
EGLAPI EGLSurface EGLAPIENTRY eglCreatePlatformWindowSurface(
EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, void *native_window,
const EGLAttrib *attrib_list);
EGLAPI EGLSurface EGLAPIENTRY eglCreatePlatformPixmapSurface(
EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, void *native_pixmap,
const EGLAttrib *attrib_list);
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglWaitSync(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSync sync,
EGLint flags);
#endif
#endif /* EGL_VERSION_1_5 */
#if EGL_EGL_PROTOTYPES
#define __REDIR(x, y) __typeof__(x) x __asm__(#y)
__REDIR(eglCreateWindowSurface, HeglCreateWindowSurface);
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif

1427
ohos/armeabi-v7a/ext/usr/include/EGL/eglext.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

185
ohos/armeabi-v7a/ext/usr/include/EGL/eglplatform.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
#ifndef __eglplatform_h_
#define __eglplatform_h_
/*
** Copyright (c) 2007-2016 The Khronos Group Inc.
**
** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
** copy of this software and/or associated documentation files (the
** "Materials"), to deal in the Materials without restriction, including
** without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
** distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to
** permit persons to whom the Materials are furnished to do so, subject to
** the following conditions:
**
** The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
** in all copies or substantial portions of the Materials.
**
** THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
** EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
** MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
** IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
** CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
** TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
** MATERIALS OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE MATERIALS.
*/
/* Platform-specific types and definitions for egl.h
* $Revision: 30994 $ on $Date: 2015-04-30 13:36:48 -0700 (Thu, 30 Apr 2015) $
*
* Adopters may modify khrplatform.h and this file to suit their platform.
* You are encouraged to submit all modifications to the Khronos group so that
* they can be included in future versions of this file. Please submit changes
* by sending them to the public Khronos Bugzilla (http://khronos.org/bugzilla)
* by filing a bug against product "EGL" component "Registry".
*/
#include <KHR/khrplatform.h>
/* Macros used in EGL function prototype declarations.
*
* EGL functions should be prototyped as:
*
* EGLAPI return-type EGLAPIENTRY eglFunction(arguments);
* typedef return-type (EXPAPIENTRYP PFNEGLFUNCTIONPROC) (arguments);
*
* KHRONOS_APICALL and KHRONOS_APIENTRY are defined in KHR/khrplatform.h
*/
#ifndef __HarmonyOS__
#define __HarmonyOS__
#endif
#ifndef EGLAPI
#define EGLAPI KHRONOS_APICALL
#endif
#ifndef EGLAPIENTRY
#define EGLAPIENTRY KHRONOS_APIENTRY
#endif
#define EGLAPIENTRYP EGLAPIENTRY*
/* The types NativeDisplayType, NativeWindowType, and NativePixmapType
* are aliases of window-system-dependent types, such as X Display * or
* Windows Device Context. They must be defined in platform-specific
* code below. The EGL-prefixed versions of Native*Type are the same
* types, renamed in EGL 1.3 so all types in the API start with "EGL".
*
* Khronos STRONGLY RECOMMENDS that you use the default definitions
* provided below, since these changes affect both binary and source
* portability of applications using EGL running on different EGL
* implementations.
*/
#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__VC32__) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined(__SCITECH_SNAP__) /* Win32 and WinCE */
#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN 1
#endif
#include <windows.h>
typedef HDC EGLNativeDisplayType;
typedef HBITMAP EGLNativePixmapType;
typedef HWND EGLNativeWindowType;
#elif defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__)
typedef int EGLNativeDisplayType;
typedef int EGLNativePixmapType;
typedef int EGLNativeWindowType;
#elif defined(__WINSCW__) || defined(__SYMBIAN32__) /* Symbian */
typedef int EGLNativeDisplayType;
typedef void *EGLNativePixmapType;
typedef void *EGLNativeWindowType;
#elif defined(WL_EGL_PLATFORM)
typedef struct wl_display *EGLNativeDisplayType;
typedef struct wl_egl_pixmap *EGLNativePixmapType;
typedef struct wl_egl_window *EGLNativeWindowType;
#elif defined(__GBM__)
typedef struct gbm_device *EGLNativeDisplayType;
typedef struct gbm_bo *EGLNativePixmapType;
typedef void *EGLNativeWindowType;
#elif defined(__HarmonyOS__) || defined(HarmonyOS)
struct NativeLayer;
typedef void* EGLNativeDisplayType;
typedef void* EGLNativePixmapType;
typedef struct NativeLayer* EGLNativeWindowType;
#elif defined(USE_OZONE)
typedef intptr_t EGLNativeDisplayType;
typedef intptr_t EGLNativePixmapType;
typedef intptr_t EGLNativeWindowType;
#elif defined(__unix__) && defined(EGL_NO_X11)
typedef void *EGLNativeDisplayType;
typedef khronos_uintptr_t EGLNativePixmapType;
typedef khronos_uintptr_t EGLNativeWindowType;
#elif defined(__unix__) || defined(USE_X11)
/* X11 (tentative) */
#include <X11/Xlib.h>
#include <X11/Xutil.h>
typedef Display *EGLNativeDisplayType;
typedef Pixmap EGLNativePixmapType;
typedef Window EGLNativeWindowType;
#elif defined(__APPLE__)
typedef int EGLNativeDisplayType;
typedef void *EGLNativePixmapType;
typedef void *EGLNativeWindowType;
#elif defined(__HAIKU__)
#include <kernel/image.h>
typedef void *EGLNativeDisplayType;
typedef khronos_uintptr_t EGLNativePixmapType;
typedef khronos_uintptr_t EGLNativeWindowType;
#elif defined(__Fuchsia__)
typedef void *EGLNativeDisplayType;
typedef khronos_uintptr_t EGLNativePixmapType;
typedef khronos_uintptr_t EGLNativeWindowType;
#else
#error "Platform not recognized"
#endif
/* EGL 1.2 types, renamed for consistency in EGL 1.3 */
typedef EGLNativeDisplayType NativeDisplayType;
typedef EGLNativePixmapType NativePixmapType;
typedef EGLNativeWindowType NativeWindowType;
/* Define EGLint. This must be a signed integral type large enough to contain
* all legal attribute names and values passed into and out of EGL, whether
* their type is boolean, bitmask, enumerant (symbolic constant), integer,
* handle, or other. While in general a 32-bit integer will suffice, if
* handles are 64 bit types, then EGLint should be defined as a signed 64-bit
* integer type.
*/
typedef khronos_int32_t EGLint;
/* C++ / C typecast macros for special EGL handle values */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
#define EGL_CAST(type, value) (static_cast<type>(value))
#else
#define EGL_CAST(type, value) ((type) (value))
#endif
#endif /* __eglplatform_h */

4
ohos/armeabi-v7a/ext/usr/include/patch/gl2ext.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
// OHOS
#pragma once
#include "../../../../../../sources/khronos/GLES2/gl2ext.h"

53
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/crash_generation/client_info.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
// Copyright (c) 2010 Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#ifndef CLIENT_LINUX_CRASH_GENERATION_CLIENT_INFO_H_
#define CLIENT_LINUX_CRASH_GENERATION_CLIENT_INFO_H_
namespace google_breakpad {
class CrashGenerationServer;
class ClientInfo {
public:
ClientInfo(pid_t pid, CrashGenerationServer* crash_server)
: crash_server_(crash_server),
pid_(pid) {}
CrashGenerationServer* crash_server() const { return crash_server_; }
pid_t pid() const { return pid_; }
private:
CrashGenerationServer* crash_server_;
pid_t pid_;
};
}
#endif // CLIENT_LINUX_CRASH_GENERATION_CLIENT_INFO_H_

65
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/crash_generation/crash_generation_client.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
// Copyright (c) 2010 Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#ifndef CLIENT_LINUX_CRASH_GENERATION_CRASH_GENERATION_CLIENT_H_
#define CLIENT_LINUX_CRASH_GENERATION_CRASH_GENERATION_CLIENT_H_
#include "common/basictypes.h"
#include <stddef.h>
namespace google_breakpad {
// CrashGenerationClient is an interface for implementing out-of-process crash
// dumping. The default implementation, accessed via the TryCreate() factory,
// works in conjunction with the CrashGenerationServer to generate a minidump
// via a remote process.
class CrashGenerationClient {
public:
CrashGenerationClient() {}
virtual ~CrashGenerationClient() {}
// Request the crash server to generate a dump. |blob| is an opaque
// CrashContext pointer from exception_handler.h.
// Returns true if the dump was successful; false otherwise.
virtual bool RequestDump(const void* blob, size_t blob_size) = 0;
// Returns a new CrashGenerationClient if |server_fd| is valid and
// connects to a CrashGenerationServer. Otherwise, return NULL.
// The returned CrashGenerationClient* is owned by the caller of
// this function.
static CrashGenerationClient* TryCreate(int server_fd);
private:
DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(CrashGenerationClient);
};
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // CLIENT_LINUX_CRASH_GENERATION_CRASH_GENERATION_CLIENT_H_

135
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/crash_generation/crash_generation_server.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
// Copyright (c) 2010 Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#ifndef CLIENT_LINUX_CRASH_GENERATION_CRASH_GENERATION_SERVER_H_
#define CLIENT_LINUX_CRASH_GENERATION_CRASH_GENERATION_SERVER_H_
#include <pthread.h>
#include <string>
#include "common/using_std_string.h"
namespace google_breakpad {
class ClientInfo;
class CrashGenerationServer {
public:
// WARNING: callbacks may be invoked on a different thread
// than that which creates the CrashGenerationServer. They must
// be thread safe.
typedef void (*OnClientDumpRequestCallback)(void* context,
const ClientInfo* client_info,
const string* file_path);
typedef void (*OnClientExitingCallback)(void* context,
const ClientInfo* client_info);
// Create an instance with the given parameters.
//
// Parameter listen_fd: The server fd created by CreateReportChannel().
// Parameter dump_callback: Callback for a client crash dump request.
// Parameter dump_context: Context for client crash dump request callback.
// Parameter exit_callback: Callback for client process exit.
// Parameter exit_context: Context for client exit callback.
// Parameter generate_dumps: Whether to automatically generate dumps.
// Client code of this class might want to generate dumps explicitly
// in the crash dump request callback. In that case, false can be
// passed for this parameter.
// Parameter dump_path: Path for generating dumps; required only if true is
// passed for generateDumps parameter; NULL can be passed otherwise.
CrashGenerationServer(const int listen_fd,
OnClientDumpRequestCallback dump_callback,
void* dump_context,
OnClientExitingCallback exit_callback,
void* exit_context,
bool generate_dumps,
const string* dump_path);
~CrashGenerationServer();
// Perform initialization steps needed to start listening to clients.
//
// Return true if initialization is successful; false otherwise.
bool Start();
// Stop the server.
void Stop();
// Create a "channel" that can be used by clients to report crashes
// to a CrashGenerationServer. |*server_fd| should be passed to
// this class's constructor, and |*client_fd| should be passed to
// the ExceptionHandler constructor in the client process.
static bool CreateReportChannel(int* server_fd, int* client_fd);
private:
// Run the server's event loop
void Run();
// Invoked when an child process (client) event occurs
// Returning true => "keep running", false => "exit loop"
bool ClientEvent(short revents);
// Invoked when the controlling thread (main) event occurs
// Returning true => "keep running", false => "exit loop"
bool ControlEvent(short revents);
// Return a unique filename at which a minidump can be written
bool MakeMinidumpFilename(string& outFilename);
// Trampoline to |Run()|
static void* ThreadMain(void* arg);
int server_fd_;
OnClientDumpRequestCallback dump_callback_;
void* dump_context_;
OnClientExitingCallback exit_callback_;
void* exit_context_;
bool generate_dumps_;
string dump_dir_;
bool started_;
pthread_t thread_;
int control_pipe_in_;
int control_pipe_out_;
// disable these
CrashGenerationServer(const CrashGenerationServer&);
CrashGenerationServer& operator=(const CrashGenerationServer&);
};
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // CLIENT_LINUX_CRASH_GENERATION_CRASH_GENERATION_SERVER_H_

74
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/dump_writer_common/mapping_info.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
// Copyright (c) 2014, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#ifndef CLIENT_LINUX_DUMP_WRITER_COMMON_MAPPING_INFO_H_
#define CLIENT_LINUX_DUMP_WRITER_COMMON_MAPPING_INFO_H_
#include <limits.h>
#include <list>
#include <stdint.h>
#include "google_breakpad/common/minidump_format.h"
namespace google_breakpad {
// One of these is produced for each mapping in the process (i.e. line in
// /proc/$x/maps).
struct MappingInfo {
// On Android, relocation packing can mean that the reported start
// address of the mapping must be adjusted by a bias in order to
// compensate for the compression of the relocation section. The
// following two members hold (after LateInit) the adjusted mapping
// range. See crbug.com/606972 for more information.
uintptr_t start_addr;
size_t size;
// When Android relocation packing causes |start_addr| and |size| to
// be modified with a load bias, we need to remember the unbiased
// address range. The following structure holds the original mapping
// address range as reported by the operating system.
struct {
uintptr_t start_addr;
uintptr_t end_addr;
} system_mapping_info;
size_t offset; // offset into the backed file.
bool exec; // true if the mapping has the execute bit set.
char name[NAME_MAX];
};
struct MappingEntry {
MappingInfo first;
uint8_t second[sizeof(MDGUID)];
};
// A list of <MappingInfo, GUID>
typedef std::list<MappingEntry> MappingList;
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // CLIENT_LINUX_DUMP_WRITER_COMMON_MAPPING_INFO_H_

53
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/dump_writer_common/raw_context_cpu.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
// Copyright (c) 2014, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#ifndef CLIENT_LINUX_DUMP_WRITER_COMMON_RAW_CONTEXT_CPU_H
#define CLIENT_LINUX_DUMP_WRITER_COMMON_RAW_CONTEXT_CPU_H
#include "google_breakpad/common/minidump_format.h"
namespace google_breakpad {
#if defined(__i386__)
typedef MDRawContextX86 RawContextCPU;
#elif defined(__x86_64)
typedef MDRawContextAMD64 RawContextCPU;
#elif defined(__ARM_EABI__)
typedef MDRawContextARM RawContextCPU;
#elif defined(__aarch64__)
typedef MDRawContextARM64_Old RawContextCPU;
#elif defined(__mips__)
typedef MDRawContextMIPS RawContextCPU;
#else
#error "This code has not been ported to your platform yet."
#endif
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // CLIENT_LINUX_DUMP_WRITER_COMMON_RAW_CONTEXT_CPU_H

91
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/dump_writer_common/thread_info.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
// Copyright (c) 2014, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#ifndef CLIENT_LINUX_DUMP_WRITER_COMMON_THREAD_INFO_H_
#define CLIENT_LINUX_DUMP_WRITER_COMMON_THREAD_INFO_H_
#include <sys/ucontext.h>
#include <sys/user.h>
#include "client/linux/dump_writer_common/raw_context_cpu.h"
#include "common/memory_allocator.h"
#include "google_breakpad/common/minidump_format.h"
namespace google_breakpad {
#if defined(__i386) || defined(__x86_64)
typedef __typeof__(((struct user*) 0)->u_debugreg[0]) debugreg_t;
#endif
// We produce one of these structures for each thread in the crashed process.
struct ThreadInfo {
pid_t tgid; // thread group id
pid_t ppid; // parent process
uintptr_t stack_pointer; // thread stack pointer
#if defined(__i386) || defined(__x86_64)
user_regs_struct regs;
user_fpregs_struct fpregs;
static const unsigned kNumDebugRegisters = 8;
debugreg_t dregs[8];
#if defined(__i386)
user_fpxregs_struct fpxregs;
#endif // defined(__i386)
#elif defined(__ARM_EABI__)
// Mimicking how strace does this(see syscall.c, search for GETREGS)
struct user_regs regs;
struct user_fpregs fpregs;
#elif defined(__aarch64__)
// Use the structures defined in <sys/user.h>
struct user_regs_struct regs;
struct user_fpsimd_struct fpregs;
#elif defined(__mips__)
// Use the structure defined in <sys/ucontext.h>.
mcontext_t mcontext;
#endif
// Returns the instruction pointer (platform-dependent impl.).
uintptr_t GetInstructionPointer() const;
// Fills a RawContextCPU using the context in the ThreadInfo object.
void FillCPUContext(RawContextCPU* out) const;
// Returns the pointer and size of general purpose register area.
void GetGeneralPurposeRegisters(void** gp_regs, size_t* size);
// Returns the pointer and size of float point register area.
void GetFloatingPointRegisters(void** fp_regs, size_t* size);
};
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // CLIENT_LINUX_DUMP_WRITER_COMMON_THREAD_INFO_H_

64
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/dump_writer_common/ucontext_reader.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
// Copyright (c) 2014, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#ifndef CLIENT_LINUX_DUMP_WRITER_COMMON_UCONTEXT_READER_H
#define CLIENT_LINUX_DUMP_WRITER_COMMON_UCONTEXT_READER_H
#include <sys/ucontext.h>
#include <sys/user.h>
#include "client/linux/dump_writer_common/raw_context_cpu.h"
#include "common/memory_allocator.h"
#include "google_breakpad/common/minidump_format.h"
namespace google_breakpad {
// Wraps platform-dependent implementations of accessors to ucontext_t structs.
struct UContextReader {
static uintptr_t GetStackPointer(const ucontext_t* uc);
static uintptr_t GetInstructionPointer(const ucontext_t* uc);
// Juggle a arch-specific ucontext_t into a minidump format
// out: the minidump structure
// info: the collection of register structures.
#if defined(__i386__) || defined(__x86_64)
static void FillCPUContext(RawContextCPU *out, const ucontext_t *uc,
const struct _libc_fpstate* fp);
#elif defined(__aarch64__)
static void FillCPUContext(RawContextCPU *out, const ucontext_t *uc,
const struct fpsimd_context* fpregs);
#else
static void FillCPUContext(RawContextCPU *out, const ucontext_t *uc);
#endif
};
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // CLIENT_LINUX_DUMP_WRITER_COMMON_UCONTEXT_READER_H

281
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/handler/exception_handler.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,281 @@
// Copyright (c) 2010 Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#ifndef CLIENT_LINUX_HANDLER_EXCEPTION_HANDLER_H_
#define CLIENT_LINUX_HANDLER_EXCEPTION_HANDLER_H_
#include <signal.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <sys/ucontext.h>
#include <string>
#include "client/linux/crash_generation/crash_generation_client.h"
#include "client/linux/handler/minidump_descriptor.h"
#include "client/linux/minidump_writer/minidump_writer.h"
#include "common/scoped_ptr.h"
#include "common/using_std_string.h"
#include "google_breakpad/common/minidump_format.h"
namespace google_breakpad {
// ExceptionHandler
//
// ExceptionHandler can write a minidump file when an exception occurs,
// or when WriteMinidump() is called explicitly by your program.
//
// To have the exception handler write minidumps when an uncaught exception
// (crash) occurs, you should create an instance early in the execution
// of your program, and keep it around for the entire time you want to
// have crash handling active (typically, until shutdown).
// (NOTE): There should be only be one this kind of exception handler
// object per process.
//
// If you want to write minidumps without installing the exception handler,
// you can create an ExceptionHandler with install_handler set to false,
// then call WriteMinidump. You can also use this technique if you want to
// use different minidump callbacks for different call sites.
//
// In either case, a callback function is called when a minidump is written,
// which receives the full path or file descriptor of the minidump. The
// caller can collect and write additional application state to that minidump,
// and launch an external crash-reporting application.
//
// Caller should try to make the callbacks as crash-friendly as possible,
// it should avoid use heap memory allocation as much as possible.
class ExceptionHandler {
public:
// A callback function to run before Breakpad performs any substantial
// processing of an exception. A FilterCallback is called before writing
// a minidump. |context| is the parameter supplied by the user as
// callback_context when the handler was created.
//
// If a FilterCallback returns true, Breakpad will continue processing,
// attempting to write a minidump. If a FilterCallback returns false,
// Breakpad will immediately report the exception as unhandled without
// writing a minidump, allowing another handler the opportunity to handle it.
typedef bool (*FilterCallback)(void *context);
// A callback function to run after the minidump has been written.
// |descriptor| contains the file descriptor or file path containing the
// minidump. |context| is the parameter supplied by the user as
// callback_context when the handler was created. |succeeded| indicates
// whether a minidump file was successfully written.
//
// If an exception occurred and the callback returns true, Breakpad will
// treat the exception as fully-handled, suppressing any other handlers from
// being notified of the exception. If the callback returns false, Breakpad
// will treat the exception as unhandled, and allow another handler to handle
// it. If there are no other handlers, Breakpad will report the exception to
// the system as unhandled, allowing a debugger or native crash dialog the
// opportunity to handle the exception. Most callback implementations
// should normally return the value of |succeeded|, or when they wish to
// not report an exception of handled, false. Callbacks will rarely want to
// return true directly (unless |succeeded| is true).
typedef bool (*MinidumpCallback)(const MinidumpDescriptor& descriptor,
void* context,
bool succeeded);
// In certain cases, a user may wish to handle the generation of the minidump
// themselves. In this case, they can install a handler callback which is
// called when a crash has occurred. If this function returns true, no other
// processing of occurs and the process will shortly be crashed. If this
// returns false, the normal processing continues.
typedef bool (*HandlerCallback)(const void* crash_context,
size_t crash_context_size,
void* context);
// Creates a new ExceptionHandler instance to handle writing minidumps.
// Before writing a minidump, the optional |filter| callback will be called.
// Its return value determines whether or not Breakpad should write a
// minidump. The minidump content will be written to the file path or file
// descriptor from |descriptor|, and the optional |callback| is called after
// writing the dump file, as described above.
// If install_handler is true, then a minidump will be written whenever
// an unhandled exception occurs. If it is false, minidumps will only
// be written when WriteMinidump is called.
// If |server_fd| is valid, the minidump is generated out-of-process. If it
// is -1, in-process generation will always be used.
ExceptionHandler(const MinidumpDescriptor& descriptor,
FilterCallback filter,
MinidumpCallback callback,
void* callback_context,
bool install_handler,
const int server_fd);
~ExceptionHandler();
const MinidumpDescriptor& minidump_descriptor() const {
return minidump_descriptor_;
}
void set_minidump_descriptor(const MinidumpDescriptor& descriptor) {
minidump_descriptor_ = descriptor;
}
void set_crash_handler(HandlerCallback callback) {
crash_handler_ = callback;
}
void set_crash_generation_client(CrashGenerationClient* client) {
crash_generation_client_.reset(client);
}
// Writes a minidump immediately. This can be used to capture the execution
// state independently of a crash.
// Returns true on success.
// If the ExceptionHandler has been created with a path, a new file is
// generated for each minidump. The file path can be retrieved in the
// MinidumpDescriptor passed to the MinidumpCallback or by accessing the
// MinidumpDescriptor directly from the ExceptionHandler (with
// minidump_descriptor()).
// If the ExceptionHandler has been created with a file descriptor, the file
// descriptor is repositioned to its beginning and the previous generated
// minidump is overwritten.
// Note that this method is not supposed to be called from a compromised
// context as it uses the heap.
bool WriteMinidump();
// Convenience form of WriteMinidump which does not require an
// ExceptionHandler instance.
static bool WriteMinidump(const string& dump_path,
MinidumpCallback callback,
void* callback_context);
// Write a minidump of |child| immediately. This can be used to
// capture the execution state of |child| independently of a crash.
// Pass a meaningful |child_blamed_thread| to make that thread in
// the child process the one from which a crash signature is
// extracted.
//
// WARNING: the return of this function *must* happen before
// the code that will eventually reap |child| executes.
// Otherwise there's a pernicious race condition in which |child|
// exits, is reaped, another process created with its pid, then that
// new process dumped.
static bool WriteMinidumpForChild(pid_t child,
pid_t child_blamed_thread,
const string& dump_path,
MinidumpCallback callback,
void* callback_context);
// This structure is passed to minidump_writer.h:WriteMinidump via an opaque
// blob. It shouldn't be needed in any user code.
struct CrashContext {
siginfo_t siginfo;
pid_t tid; // the crashing thread.
ucontext_t context;
#if !defined(__ARM_EABI__) && !defined(__mips__)
// #ifdef this out because FP state is not part of user ABI for Linux ARM.
// In case of MIPS Linux FP state is already part of ucontext_t so
// 'float_state' is not required.
fpstate_t float_state;
#endif
};
// Returns whether out-of-process dump generation is used or not.
bool IsOutOfProcess() const {
return crash_generation_client_.get() != NULL;
}
// Add information about a memory mapping. This can be used if
// a custom library loader is used that maps things in a way
// that the linux dumper can't handle by reading the maps file.
void AddMappingInfo(const string& name,
const uint8_t identifier[sizeof(MDGUID)],
uintptr_t start_address,
size_t mapping_size,
size_t file_offset);
// Register a block of memory of length bytes starting at address ptr
// to be copied to the minidump when a crash happens.
void RegisterAppMemory(void* ptr, size_t length);
// Unregister a block of memory that was registered with RegisterAppMemory.
void UnregisterAppMemory(void* ptr);
// Force signal handling for the specified signal.
bool SimulateSignalDelivery(int sig);
// Report a crash signal from an SA_SIGINFO signal handler.
bool HandleSignal(int sig, siginfo_t* info, void* uc);
private:
// Save the old signal handlers and install new ones.
static bool InstallHandlersLocked();
// Restore the old signal handlers.
static void RestoreHandlersLocked();
void PreresolveSymbols();
bool GenerateDump(CrashContext *context);
void SendContinueSignalToChild();
void WaitForContinueSignal();
static void SignalHandler(int sig, siginfo_t* info, void* uc);
static int ThreadEntry(void* arg);
bool DoDump(pid_t crashing_process, const void* context,
size_t context_size);
const FilterCallback filter_;
const MinidumpCallback callback_;
void* const callback_context_;
scoped_ptr<CrashGenerationClient> crash_generation_client_;
MinidumpDescriptor minidump_descriptor_;
// Must be volatile. The compiler is unaware of the code which runs in
// the signal handler which reads this variable. Without volatile the
// compiler is free to optimise away writes to this variable which it
// believes are never read.
volatile HandlerCallback crash_handler_;
// We need to explicitly enable ptrace of parent processes on some
// kernels, but we need to know the PID of the cloned process before we
// can do this. We create a pipe which we can use to block the
// cloned process after creating it, until we have explicitly enabled
// ptrace. This is used to store the file descriptors for the pipe
int fdes[2] = {-1, -1};
// Callers can add extra info about mappings for cases where the
// dumper code cannot extract enough information from /proc/<pid>/maps.
MappingList mapping_list_;
// Callers can request additional memory regions to be included in
// the dump.
AppMemoryList app_memory_list_;
};
typedef bool (*FirstChanceHandler)(int, siginfo_t*, void*);
void SetFirstChanceExceptionHandler(FirstChanceHandler callback);
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // CLIENT_LINUX_HANDLER_EXCEPTION_HANDLER_H_

52
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/handler/microdump_extra_info.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
// Copyright 2015 Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#ifndef CLIENT_LINUX_HANDLER_MICRODUMP_EXTRA_INFO_H_
#define CLIENT_LINUX_HANDLER_MICRODUMP_EXTRA_INFO_H_
namespace google_breakpad {
struct MicrodumpExtraInfo {
// Strings pointed to by this struct are not copied, and are
// expected to remain valid for the lifetime of the process.
const char* build_fingerprint;
const char* product_info;
const char* gpu_fingerprint;
const char* process_type;
MicrodumpExtraInfo()
: build_fingerprint(NULL),
product_info(NULL),
gpu_fingerprint(NULL),
process_type(NULL) {}
};
}
#endif // CLIENT_LINUX_HANDLER_MICRODUMP_EXTRA_INFO_H_

199
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/handler/minidump_descriptor.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
// Copyright (c) 2012 Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#ifndef CLIENT_LINUX_HANDLER_MINIDUMP_DESCRIPTOR_H_
#define CLIENT_LINUX_HANDLER_MINIDUMP_DESCRIPTOR_H_
#include <assert.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <string>
#include "client/linux/handler/microdump_extra_info.h"
#include "common/using_std_string.h"
// This class describes how a crash dump should be generated, either:
// - Writing a full minidump to a file in a given directory (the actual path,
// inside the directory, is determined by this class).
// - Writing a full minidump to a given fd.
// - Writing a reduced microdump to the console (logcat on Android).
namespace google_breakpad {
class MinidumpDescriptor {
public:
struct MicrodumpOnConsole {};
static const MicrodumpOnConsole kMicrodumpOnConsole;
MinidumpDescriptor()
: mode_(kUninitialized),
fd_(-1),
size_limit_(-1),
address_within_principal_mapping_(0),
skip_dump_if_principal_mapping_not_referenced_(false) {}
explicit MinidumpDescriptor(const string& directory)
: mode_(kWriteMinidumpToFile),
fd_(-1),
directory_(directory),
c_path_(NULL),
size_limit_(-1),
address_within_principal_mapping_(0),
skip_dump_if_principal_mapping_not_referenced_(false),
sanitize_stacks_(false) {
assert(!directory.empty());
}
explicit MinidumpDescriptor(int fd)
: mode_(kWriteMinidumpToFd),
fd_(fd),
c_path_(NULL),
size_limit_(-1),
address_within_principal_mapping_(0),
skip_dump_if_principal_mapping_not_referenced_(false),
sanitize_stacks_(false) {
assert(fd != -1);
}
explicit MinidumpDescriptor(const MicrodumpOnConsole&)
: mode_(kWriteMicrodumpToConsole),
fd_(-1),
size_limit_(-1),
address_within_principal_mapping_(0),
skip_dump_if_principal_mapping_not_referenced_(false),
sanitize_stacks_(false) {}
explicit MinidumpDescriptor(const MinidumpDescriptor& descriptor);
MinidumpDescriptor& operator=(const MinidumpDescriptor& descriptor);
static MinidumpDescriptor getMicrodumpDescriptor();
bool IsFD() const { return mode_ == kWriteMinidumpToFd; }
int fd() const { return fd_; }
string directory() const { return directory_; }
const char* path() const { return c_path_; }
bool IsMicrodumpOnConsole() const {
return mode_ == kWriteMicrodumpToConsole;
}
// Updates the path so it is unique.
// Should be called from a normal context: this methods uses the heap.
void UpdatePath();
off_t size_limit() const { return size_limit_; }
void set_size_limit(off_t limit) { size_limit_ = limit; }
uintptr_t address_within_principal_mapping() const {
return address_within_principal_mapping_;
}
void set_address_within_principal_mapping(
uintptr_t address_within_principal_mapping) {
address_within_principal_mapping_ = address_within_principal_mapping;
}
bool skip_dump_if_principal_mapping_not_referenced() {
return skip_dump_if_principal_mapping_not_referenced_;
}
void set_skip_dump_if_principal_mapping_not_referenced(
bool skip_dump_if_principal_mapping_not_referenced) {
skip_dump_if_principal_mapping_not_referenced_ =
skip_dump_if_principal_mapping_not_referenced;
}
bool sanitize_stacks() const { return sanitize_stacks_; }
void set_sanitize_stacks(bool sanitize_stacks) {
sanitize_stacks_ = sanitize_stacks;
}
MicrodumpExtraInfo* microdump_extra_info() {
assert(IsMicrodumpOnConsole());
return &microdump_extra_info_;
}
private:
enum DumpMode {
kUninitialized = 0,
kWriteMinidumpToFile,
kWriteMinidumpToFd,
kWriteMicrodumpToConsole
};
// Specifies the dump mode (see DumpMode).
DumpMode mode_;
// The file descriptor where the minidump is generated.
int fd_;
// The directory where the minidump should be generated.
string directory_;
// The full path to the generated minidump.
string path_;
// The C string of |path_|. Precomputed so it can be access from a compromised
// context.
const char* c_path_;
off_t size_limit_;
// This member points somewhere into the main module for this
// process (the module that is considerered interesting for the
// purposes of debugging crashes).
uintptr_t address_within_principal_mapping_;
// If set, threads that do not reference the address range
// associated with |address_within_principal_mapping_| will not have their
// stacks logged.
bool skip_dump_if_principal_mapping_not_referenced_;
// If set, stacks are sanitized to remove PII. This involves
// overwriting any pointer-aligned words that are not either
// pointers into a process mapping or small integers (+/-4096). This
// leaves enough information to unwind stacks, and preserve some
// register values, but elides strings and other program data.
bool sanitize_stacks_;
// The extra microdump data (e.g. product name/version, build
// fingerprint, gpu fingerprint) that should be appended to the dump
// (microdump only). Microdumps don't have the ability of appending
// extra metadata after the dump is generated (as opposite to
// minidumps MIME fields), therefore the extra data must be provided
// upfront. Any memory pointed to by members of the
// MicrodumpExtraInfo struct must be valid for the lifetime of the
// process (read: the caller has to guarantee that it is stored in
// global static storage.)
MicrodumpExtraInfo microdump_extra_info_;
};
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // CLIENT_LINUX_HANDLER_MINIDUMP_DESCRIPTOR_H_

68
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/microdump_writer/microdump_writer.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
// Copyright (c) 2014, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#ifndef CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_MICRODUMP_WRITER_H_
#define CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_MICRODUMP_WRITER_H_
#include <stdint.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include "client/linux/dump_writer_common/mapping_info.h"
namespace google_breakpad {
struct MicrodumpExtraInfo;
// Writes a microdump (a reduced dump containing only the state of the crashing
// thread) on the console (logcat on Android). These functions do not malloc nor
// use libc functions which may. Thus, it can be used in contexts where the
// state of the heap may be corrupt.
// Args:
// crashing_process: the pid of the crashing process. This must be trusted.
// blob: a blob of data from the crashing process. See exception_handler.h
// blob_size: the length of |blob| in bytes.
// mappings: a list of additional mappings provided by the application.
// build_fingerprint: a (optional) C string which determines the OS
// build fingerprint (e.g., aosp/occam/mako:5.1.1/LMY47W/1234:eng/dev-keys).
// product_info: a (optional) C string which determines the product name and
// version (e.g., WebView:42.0.2311.136).
//
// Returns true iff successful.
bool WriteMicrodump(pid_t crashing_process,
const void* blob,
size_t blob_size,
const MappingList& mappings,
bool skip_dump_if_main_module_not_referenced,
uintptr_t address_within_main_module,
bool sanitize_stack,
const MicrodumpExtraInfo& microdump_extra_info);
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_MICRODUMP_WRITER_H_

144
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/cpu_set.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
// Copyright (c) 2013, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#ifndef CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_CPU_SET_H_
#define CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_CPU_SET_H_
#include <stdint.h>
#include <assert.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "common/linux/linux_libc_support.h"
#include "third_party/lss/linux_syscall_support.h"
namespace google_breakpad {
// Helper class used to model a set of CPUs, as read from sysfs
// files like /sys/devices/system/cpu/present
// See See http://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/cputopology.txt
class CpuSet {
public:
// The maximum number of supported CPUs.
static const size_t kMaxCpus = 1024;
CpuSet() {
my_memset(mask_, 0, sizeof(mask_));
}
// Parse a sysfs file to extract the corresponding CPU set.
bool ParseSysFile(int fd) {
char buffer[512];
int ret = sys_read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer)-1);
if (ret < 0)
return false;
buffer[ret] = '\0';
// Expected format: comma-separated list of items, where each
// item can be a decimal integer, or two decimal integers separated
// by a dash.
// E.g.:
// 0
// 0,1,2,3
// 0-3
// 1,10-23
const char* p = buffer;
const char* p_end = p + ret;
while (p < p_end) {
// Skip leading space, if any
while (p < p_end && my_isspace(*p))
p++;
// Find start and size of current item.
const char* item = p;
size_t item_len = static_cast<size_t>(p_end - p);
const char* item_next =
static_cast<const char*>(my_memchr(p, ',', item_len));
if (item_next != NULL) {
p = item_next + 1;
item_len = static_cast<size_t>(item_next - item);
} else {
p = p_end;
item_next = p_end;
}
// Ignore trailing spaces.
while (item_next > item && my_isspace(item_next[-1]))
item_next--;
// skip empty items.
if (item_next == item)
continue;
// read first decimal value.
uintptr_t start = 0;
const char* next = my_read_decimal_ptr(&start, item);
uintptr_t end = start;
if (*next == '-')
my_read_decimal_ptr(&end, next+1);
while (start <= end)
SetBit(start++);
}
return true;
}
// Intersect this CPU set with another one.
void IntersectWith(const CpuSet& other) {
for (size_t nn = 0; nn < kMaskWordCount; ++nn)
mask_[nn] &= other.mask_[nn];
}
// Return the number of CPUs in this set.
int GetCount() {
int result = 0;
for (size_t nn = 0; nn < kMaskWordCount; ++nn) {
result += __builtin_popcount(mask_[nn]);
}
return result;
}
private:
void SetBit(uintptr_t index) {
size_t nn = static_cast<size_t>(index);
if (nn < kMaxCpus)
mask_[nn / kMaskWordBits] |= (1U << (nn % kMaskWordBits));
}
typedef uint32_t MaskWordType;
static const size_t kMaskWordBits = 8*sizeof(MaskWordType);
static const size_t kMaskWordCount =
(kMaxCpus + kMaskWordBits - 1) / kMaskWordBits;
MaskWordType mask_[kMaskWordCount];
};
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_CPU_SET_H_

106
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/directory_reader.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
// Copyright (c) 2009, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#ifndef CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_DIRECTORY_READER_H_
#define CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_DIRECTORY_READER_H_
#include <stdint.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <assert.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "common/linux/linux_libc_support.h"
#include "third_party/lss/linux_syscall_support.h"
namespace google_breakpad {
// A class for enumerating a directory without using diropen/readdir or other
// functions which may allocate memory.
class DirectoryReader {
public:
DirectoryReader(int fd)
: fd_(fd),
buf_used_(0) {
}
// Return the next entry from the directory
// name: (output) the NUL terminated entry name
//
// Returns true iff successful (false on EOF).
//
// After calling this, one must call |PopEntry| otherwise you'll get the same
// entry over and over.
bool GetNextEntry(const char** name) {
struct kernel_dirent* const dent =
reinterpret_cast<kernel_dirent*>(buf_);
if (buf_used_ == 0) {
// need to read more entries.
const int n = sys_getdents(fd_, dent, sizeof(buf_));
if (n < 0) {
return false;
} else if (n == 0) {
hit_eof_ = true;
} else {
buf_used_ += n;
}
}
if (buf_used_ == 0 && hit_eof_)
return false;
assert(buf_used_ > 0);
*name = dent->d_name;
return true;
}
void PopEntry() {
if (!buf_used_)
return;
const struct kernel_dirent* const dent =
reinterpret_cast<kernel_dirent*>(buf_);
buf_used_ -= dent->d_reclen;
my_memmove(buf_, buf_ + dent->d_reclen, buf_used_);
}
private:
const int fd_;
bool hit_eof_;
unsigned buf_used_;
uint8_t buf_[sizeof(struct kernel_dirent) + NAME_MAX + 1];
};
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_DIRECTORY_READER_H_

131
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/line_reader.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
// Copyright (c) 2009, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#ifndef CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_LINE_READER_H_
#define CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_LINE_READER_H_
#include <stdint.h>
#include <assert.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "common/linux/linux_libc_support.h"
#include "third_party/lss/linux_syscall_support.h"
namespace google_breakpad {
// A class for reading a file, line by line, without using fopen/fgets or other
// functions which may allocate memory.
class LineReader {
public:
LineReader(int fd)
: fd_(fd),
hit_eof_(false),
buf_used_(0) {
}
// The maximum length of a line.
static const size_t kMaxLineLen = 512;
// Return the next line from the file.
// line: (output) a pointer to the start of the line. The line is NUL
// terminated.
// len: (output) the length of the line (not inc the NUL byte)
//
// Returns true iff successful (false on EOF).
//
// One must call |PopLine| after this function, otherwise you'll continue to
// get the same line over and over.
bool GetNextLine(const char **line, unsigned *len) {
for (;;) {
if (buf_used_ == 0 && hit_eof_)
return false;
for (unsigned i = 0; i < buf_used_; ++i) {
if (buf_[i] == '\n' || buf_[i] == 0) {
buf_[i] = 0;
*len = i;
*line = buf_;
return true;
}
}
if (buf_used_ == sizeof(buf_)) {
// we scanned the whole buffer and didn't find an end-of-line marker.
// This line is too long to process.
return false;
}
// We didn't find any end-of-line terminators in the buffer. However, if
// this is the last line in the file it might not have one:
if (hit_eof_) {
assert(buf_used_);
// There's room for the NUL because of the buf_used_ == sizeof(buf_)
// check above.
buf_[buf_used_] = 0;
*len = buf_used_;
buf_used_ += 1; // since we appended the NUL.
*line = buf_;
return true;
}
// Otherwise, we should pull in more data from the file
const ssize_t n = sys_read(fd_, buf_ + buf_used_,
sizeof(buf_) - buf_used_);
if (n < 0) {
return false;
} else if (n == 0) {
hit_eof_ = true;
} else {
buf_used_ += n;
}
// At this point, we have either set the hit_eof_ flag, or we have more
// data to process...
}
}
void PopLine(unsigned len) {
// len doesn't include the NUL byte at the end.
assert(buf_used_ >= len + 1);
buf_used_ -= len + 1;
my_memmove(buf_, buf_ + len + 1, buf_used_);
}
private:
const int fd_;
bool hit_eof_;
unsigned buf_used_;
char buf_[kMaxLineLen];
};
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_LINE_READER_H_

125
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/linux_core_dumper.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
// Copyright (c) 2012, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
// linux_core_dumper.h: Define the google_breakpad::LinuxCoreDumper
// class, which is derived from google_breakpad::LinuxDumper to extract
// information from a crashed process via its core dump and proc files.
#ifndef CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_LINUX_CORE_DUMPER_H_
#define CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_LINUX_CORE_DUMPER_H_
#include "client/linux/minidump_writer/linux_dumper.h"
#include "common/linux/elf_core_dump.h"
#include "common/linux/memory_mapped_file.h"
namespace google_breakpad {
class LinuxCoreDumper : public LinuxDumper {
public:
// Constructs a dumper for extracting information of a given process
// with a process ID of |pid| via its core dump file at |core_path| and
// its proc files at |procfs_path|. If |procfs_path| is a copy of
// /proc/<pid>, it should contain the following files:
// auxv, cmdline, environ, exe, maps, status
// See LinuxDumper for the purpose of |root_prefix|.
LinuxCoreDumper(pid_t pid, const char* core_path, const char* procfs_path,
const char* root_prefix = "");
// Implements LinuxDumper::BuildProcPath().
// Builds a proc path for a certain pid for a node (/proc/<pid>/<node>).
// |path| is a character array of at least NAME_MAX bytes to return the
// result.|node| is the final node without any slashes. Return true on
// success.
//
// As this dumper performs a post-mortem dump and makes use of a copy
// of the proc files of the crashed process, this derived method does
// not actually make use of |pid| and always returns a subpath of
// |procfs_path_| regardless of whether |pid| corresponds to the main
// process or a thread of the process, i.e. assuming both the main process
// and its threads have the following proc files with the same content:
// auxv, cmdline, environ, exe, maps, status
virtual bool BuildProcPath(char* path, pid_t pid, const char* node) const;
// Implements LinuxDumper::CopyFromProcess().
// Copies content of |length| bytes from a given process |child|,
// starting from |src|, into |dest|. This method extracts the content
// the core dump and fills |dest| with a sequence of marker bytes
// if the expected data is not found in the core dump. Returns true if
// the expected data is found in the core dump.
virtual bool CopyFromProcess(void* dest, pid_t child, const void* src,
size_t length);
// Implements LinuxDumper::GetThreadInfoByIndex().
// Reads information about the |index|-th thread of |threads_|.
// Returns true on success. One must have called |ThreadsSuspend| first.
virtual bool GetThreadInfoByIndex(size_t index, ThreadInfo* info);
// Implements LinuxDumper::IsPostMortem().
// Always returns true to indicate that this dumper performs a
// post-mortem dump of a crashed process via a core dump file.
virtual bool IsPostMortem() const;
// Implements LinuxDumper::ThreadsSuspend().
// As the dumper performs a post-mortem dump via a core dump file,
// there is no threads to suspend. This method does nothing and
// always returns true.
virtual bool ThreadsSuspend();
// Implements LinuxDumper::ThreadsResume().
// As the dumper performs a post-mortem dump via a core dump file,
// there is no threads to resume. This method does nothing and
// always returns true.
virtual bool ThreadsResume();
protected:
// Implements LinuxDumper::EnumerateThreads().
// Enumerates all threads of the given process into |threads_|.
virtual bool EnumerateThreads();
private:
// Path of the core dump file.
const char* core_path_;
// Path of the directory containing the proc files of the given process,
// which is usually a copy of /proc/<pid>.
const char* procfs_path_;
// Memory-mapped core dump file at |core_path_|.
MemoryMappedFile mapped_core_file_;
// Content of the core dump file.
ElfCoreDump core_;
// Thread info found in the core dump file.
wasteful_vector<ThreadInfo> thread_infos_;
};
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // CLIENT_LINUX_HANDLER_LINUX_CORE_DUMPER_H_

326
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/linux_dumper.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,326 @@
// Copyright (c) 2010, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
// linux_dumper.h: Define the google_breakpad::LinuxDumper class, which
// is a base class for extracting information of a crashed process. It
// was originally a complete implementation using the ptrace API, but
// has been refactored to allow derived implementations supporting both
// ptrace and core dump. A portion of the original implementation is now
// in google_breakpad::LinuxPtraceDumper (see linux_ptrace_dumper.h for
// details).
#ifndef CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_LINUX_DUMPER_H_
#define CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_LINUX_DUMPER_H_
#include <assert.h>
#include <elf.h>
#if defined(__ANDROID__)
#include <link.h>
#endif
#include <linux/limits.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/user.h>
#include <vector>
#include "client/linux/dump_writer_common/mapping_info.h"
#include "client/linux/dump_writer_common/thread_info.h"
#include "common/linux/file_id.h"
#include "common/memory_allocator.h"
#include "google_breakpad/common/minidump_format.h"
namespace google_breakpad {
// Typedef for our parsing of the auxv variables in /proc/pid/auxv.
#if defined(__i386) || defined(__ARM_EABI__) || \
(defined(__mips__) && _MIPS_SIM == _ABIO32)
typedef Elf32_auxv_t elf_aux_entry;
#elif defined(__x86_64) || defined(__aarch64__) || \
(defined(__mips__) && _MIPS_SIM != _ABIO32)
typedef Elf64_auxv_t elf_aux_entry;
#endif
typedef __typeof__(((elf_aux_entry*) 0)->a_un.a_val) elf_aux_val_t;
// When we find the VDSO mapping in the process's address space, this
// is the name we use for it when writing it to the minidump.
// This should always be less than NAME_MAX!
const char kLinuxGateLibraryName[] = "linux-gate.so";
class LinuxDumper {
public:
// The |root_prefix| is prepended to mapping paths before opening them, which
// is useful if the crash originates from a chroot.
explicit LinuxDumper(pid_t pid, const char* root_prefix = "");
virtual ~LinuxDumper();
// Parse the data for |threads| and |mappings|.
virtual bool Init();
// Take any actions that could not be taken in Init(). LateInit() is
// called after all other caller's initialization is complete, and in
// particular after it has called ThreadsSuspend(), so that ptrace is
// available.
virtual bool LateInit();
// Return true if the dumper performs a post-mortem dump.
virtual bool IsPostMortem() const = 0;
// Suspend/resume all threads in the given process.
virtual bool ThreadsSuspend() = 0;
virtual bool ThreadsResume() = 0;
// Read information about the |index|-th thread of |threads_|.
// Returns true on success. One must have called |ThreadsSuspend| first.
virtual bool GetThreadInfoByIndex(size_t index, ThreadInfo* info) = 0;
size_t GetMainThreadIndex() const {
for (size_t i = 0; i < threads_.size(); ++i) {
if (threads_[i] == pid_) return i;
}
return -1u;
}
// These are only valid after a call to |Init|.
const wasteful_vector<pid_t> &threads() { return threads_; }
const wasteful_vector<MappingInfo*> &mappings() { return mappings_; }
const MappingInfo* FindMapping(const void* address) const;
// Find the mapping which the given memory address falls in. Unlike
// FindMapping, this method uses the unadjusted mapping address
// ranges from the kernel, rather than the ranges that have had the
// load bias applied.
const MappingInfo* FindMappingNoBias(uintptr_t address) const;
const wasteful_vector<elf_aux_val_t>& auxv() { return auxv_; }
// Find a block of memory to take as the stack given the top of stack pointer.
// stack: (output) the lowest address in the memory area
// stack_len: (output) the length of the memory area
// stack_top: the current top of the stack
bool GetStackInfo(const void** stack, size_t* stack_len, uintptr_t stack_top);
// Sanitize a copy of the stack by overwriting words that are not
// pointers with a sentinel (0x0defaced).
// stack_copy: a copy of the stack to sanitize. |stack_copy| might
// not be word aligned, but it represents word aligned
// data copied from another location.
// stack_len: the length of the allocation pointed to by |stack_copy|.
// stack_pointer: the address of the stack pointer (used to locate
// the stack mapping, as an optimization).
// sp_offset: the offset relative to stack_copy that reflects the
// current value of the stack pointer.
void SanitizeStackCopy(uint8_t* stack_copy, size_t stack_len,
uintptr_t stack_pointer, uintptr_t sp_offset);
// Test whether |stack_copy| contains a pointer-aligned word that
// could be an address within a given mapping.
// stack_copy: a copy of the stack to check. |stack_copy| might
// not be word aligned, but it represents word aligned
// data copied from another location.
// stack_len: the length of the allocation pointed to by |stack_copy|.
// sp_offset: the offset relative to stack_copy that reflects the
// current value of the stack pointer.
// mapping: the mapping against which to test stack words.
bool StackHasPointerToMapping(const uint8_t* stack_copy, size_t stack_len,
uintptr_t sp_offset,
const MappingInfo& mapping);
PageAllocator* allocator() { return &allocator_; }
// Copy content of |length| bytes from a given process |child|,
// starting from |src|, into |dest|. Returns true on success.
virtual bool CopyFromProcess(void* dest, pid_t child, const void* src,
size_t length) = 0;
// Builds a proc path for a certain pid for a node (/proc/<pid>/<node>).
// |path| is a character array of at least NAME_MAX bytes to return the
// result.|node| is the final node without any slashes. Returns true on
// success.
virtual bool BuildProcPath(char* path, pid_t pid, const char* node) const = 0;
// Generate a File ID from the .text section of a mapped entry.
// If not a member, mapping_id is ignored. This method can also manipulate the
// |mapping|.name to truncate "(deleted)" from the file name if necessary.
bool ElfFileIdentifierForMapping(const MappingInfo& mapping,
bool member,
unsigned int mapping_id,
wasteful_vector<uint8_t>& identifier);
void SetCrashInfoFromSigInfo(const siginfo_t& siginfo);
uintptr_t crash_address() const { return crash_address_; }
void set_crash_address(uintptr_t crash_address) {
crash_address_ = crash_address;
}
int crash_signal() const { return crash_signal_; }
void set_crash_signal(int crash_signal) { crash_signal_ = crash_signal; }
const char* GetCrashSignalString() const;
void set_crash_signal_code(int code) { crash_signal_code_ = code; }
int crash_signal_code() const { return crash_signal_code_; }
void set_crash_exception_info(const std::vector<uint64_t>& exception_info) {
assert(exception_info.size() <= MD_EXCEPTION_MAXIMUM_PARAMETERS);
crash_exception_info_ = exception_info;
}
const std::vector<uint64_t>& crash_exception_info() const {
return crash_exception_info_;
}
pid_t crash_thread() const { return crash_thread_; }
void set_crash_thread(pid_t crash_thread) { crash_thread_ = crash_thread; }
// Concatenates the |root_prefix_| and |mapping| path. Writes into |path| and
// returns true unless the string is too long.
bool GetMappingAbsolutePath(const MappingInfo& mapping,
char path[PATH_MAX]) const;
// Extracts the effective path and file name of from |mapping|. In most cases
// the effective name/path are just the mapping's path and basename. In some
// other cases, however, a library can be mapped from an archive (e.g., when
// loading .so libs from an apk on Android) and this method is able to
// reconstruct the original file name.
void GetMappingEffectiveNameAndPath(const MappingInfo& mapping,
char* file_path,
size_t file_path_size,
char* file_name,
size_t file_name_size);
protected:
bool ReadAuxv();
virtual bool EnumerateMappings();
virtual bool EnumerateThreads() = 0;
// For the case where a running program has been deleted, it'll show up in
// /proc/pid/maps as "/path/to/program (deleted)". If this is the case, then
// see if '/path/to/program (deleted)' matches /proc/pid/exe and return
// /proc/pid/exe in |path| so ELF identifier generation works correctly. This
// also checks to see if '/path/to/program (deleted)' exists, so it does not
// get fooled by a poorly named binary.
// For programs that don't end with ' (deleted)', this is a no-op.
// This assumes |path| is a buffer with length NAME_MAX.
// Returns true if |path| is modified.
bool HandleDeletedFileInMapping(char* path) const;
// ID of the crashed process.
const pid_t pid_;
// Path of the root directory to which mapping paths are relative.
const char* const root_prefix_;
// Virtual address at which the process crashed.
uintptr_t crash_address_;
// Signal that terminated the crashed process.
int crash_signal_;
// The code associated with |crash_signal_|.
int crash_signal_code_;
// The additional fields associated with |crash_signal_|.
std::vector<uint64_t> crash_exception_info_;
// ID of the crashed thread.
pid_t crash_thread_;
mutable PageAllocator allocator_;
// IDs of all the threads.
wasteful_vector<pid_t> threads_;
// Info from /proc/<pid>/maps.
wasteful_vector<MappingInfo*> mappings_;
// Info from /proc/<pid>/auxv
wasteful_vector<elf_aux_val_t> auxv_;
#if defined(__ANDROID__)
private:
// Android M and later support packed ELF relocations in shared libraries.
// Packing relocations changes the vaddr of the LOAD segments, such that
// the effective load bias is no longer the same as the start address of
// the memory mapping containing the executable parts of the library. The
// packing is applied to the stripped library run on the target, but not to
// any other library, and in particular not to the library used to generate
// breakpad symbols. As a result, we need to adjust the |start_addr| for
// any mapping that results from a shared library that contains Android
// packed relocations, so that it properly represents the effective library
// load bias. The following functions support this adjustment.
// Check that a given mapping at |start_addr| is for an ELF shared library.
// If it is, place the ELF header in |ehdr| and return true.
// The first LOAD segment in an ELF shared library has offset zero, so the
// ELF file header is at the start of this map entry, and in already mapped
// memory.
bool GetLoadedElfHeader(uintptr_t start_addr, ElfW(Ehdr)* ehdr);
// For the ELF file mapped at |start_addr|, iterate ELF program headers to
// find the min vaddr of all program header LOAD segments, the vaddr for
// the DYNAMIC segment, and a count of DYNAMIC entries. Return values in
// |min_vaddr_ptr|, |dyn_vaddr_ptr|, and |dyn_count_ptr|.
// The program header table is also in already mapped memory.
void ParseLoadedElfProgramHeaders(ElfW(Ehdr)* ehdr,
uintptr_t start_addr,
uintptr_t* min_vaddr_ptr,
uintptr_t* dyn_vaddr_ptr,
size_t* dyn_count_ptr);
// Search the DYNAMIC tags for the ELF file with the given |load_bias|, and
// return true if the tags indicate that the file contains Android packed
// relocations. Dynamic tags are found at |dyn_vaddr| past the |load_bias|.
bool HasAndroidPackedRelocations(uintptr_t load_bias,
uintptr_t dyn_vaddr,
size_t dyn_count);
// If the ELF file mapped at |start_addr| contained Android packed
// relocations, return the load bias that the system linker (or Chromium
// crazy linker) will have used. If the file did not contain Android
// packed relocations, returns |start_addr|, indicating that no adjustment
// is necessary.
// The effective load bias is |start_addr| adjusted downwards by the
// min vaddr in the library LOAD segments.
uintptr_t GetEffectiveLoadBias(ElfW(Ehdr)* ehdr, uintptr_t start_addr);
// Called from LateInit(). Iterates |mappings_| and rewrites the |start_addr|
// field of any that represent ELF shared libraries with Android packed
// relocations, so that |start_addr| is the load bias that the system linker
// (or Chromium crazy linker) used. This value matches the addresses produced
// when the non-relocation-packed library is used for breakpad symbol
// generation.
void LatePostprocessMappings();
#endif // __ANDROID__
};
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // CLIENT_LINUX_HANDLER_LINUX_DUMPER_H_

101
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/linux_ptrace_dumper.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
// Copyright (c) 2012, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
// linux_ptrace_dumper.h: Define the google_breakpad::LinuxPtraceDumper
// class, which is derived from google_breakpad::LinuxDumper to extract
// information from a crashed process via ptrace.
// This class was originally splitted from google_breakpad::LinuxDumper.
#ifndef CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_LINUX_PTRACE_DUMPER_H_
#define CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_LINUX_PTRACE_DUMPER_H_
#include "client/linux/minidump_writer/linux_dumper.h"
namespace google_breakpad {
class LinuxPtraceDumper : public LinuxDumper {
public:
// Constructs a dumper for extracting information of a given process
// with a process ID of |pid|.
explicit LinuxPtraceDumper(pid_t pid);
// Implements LinuxDumper::BuildProcPath().
// Builds a proc path for a certain pid for a node (/proc/<pid>/<node>).
// |path| is a character array of at least NAME_MAX bytes to return the
// result. |node| is the final node without any slashes. Returns true on
// success.
virtual bool BuildProcPath(char* path, pid_t pid, const char* node) const;
// Implements LinuxDumper::CopyFromProcess().
// Copies content of |length| bytes from a given process |child|,
// starting from |src|, into |dest|. This method uses ptrace to extract
// the content from the target process. Always returns true.
virtual bool CopyFromProcess(void* dest, pid_t child, const void* src,
size_t length);
// Implements LinuxDumper::GetThreadInfoByIndex().
// Reads information about the |index|-th thread of |threads_|.
// Returns true on success. One must have called |ThreadsSuspend| first.
virtual bool GetThreadInfoByIndex(size_t index, ThreadInfo* info);
// Implements LinuxDumper::IsPostMortem().
// Always returns false to indicate this dumper performs a dump of
// a crashed process via ptrace.
virtual bool IsPostMortem() const;
// Implements LinuxDumper::ThreadsSuspend().
// Suspends all threads in the given process. Returns true on success.
virtual bool ThreadsSuspend();
// Implements LinuxDumper::ThreadsResume().
// Resumes all threads in the given process. Returns true on success.
virtual bool ThreadsResume();
protected:
// Implements LinuxDumper::EnumerateThreads().
// Enumerates all threads of the given process into |threads_|.
virtual bool EnumerateThreads();
private:
// Set to true if all threads of the crashed process are suspended.
bool threads_suspended_;
// Read the tracee's registers on kernel with PTRACE_GETREGSET support.
// Returns false if PTRACE_GETREGSET is not defined.
// Returns true on success.
bool ReadRegisterSet(ThreadInfo* info, pid_t tid);
// Read the tracee's registers on kernel with PTRACE_GETREGS support.
// Returns true on success.
bool ReadRegisters(ThreadInfo* info, pid_t tid);
};
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // CLIENT_LINUX_HANDLER_LINUX_PTRACE_DUMPER_H_

142
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/minidump_writer.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
// Copyright (c) 2009, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#ifndef CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_MINIDUMP_WRITER_H_
#define CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_MINIDUMP_WRITER_H_
#include <stdint.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/ucontext.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <list>
#include <utility>
#include "client/linux/minidump_writer/linux_dumper.h"
#include "google_breakpad/common/minidump_format.h"
namespace google_breakpad {
class ExceptionHandler;
#if defined(__aarch64__)
typedef struct fpsimd_context fpstate_t;
#elif !defined(__ARM_EABI__) && !defined(__mips__)
typedef struct _libc_fpstate fpstate_t;
#endif
// These entries store a list of memory regions that the client wants included
// in the minidump.
struct AppMemory {
void* ptr;
size_t length;
bool operator==(const struct AppMemory& other) const {
return ptr == other.ptr;
}
bool operator==(const void* other) const {
return ptr == other;
}
};
typedef std::list<AppMemory> AppMemoryList;
// Writes a minidump to the filesystem. These functions do not malloc nor use
// libc functions which may. Thus, it can be used in contexts where the state
// of the heap may be corrupt.
// minidump_path: the path to the file to write to. This is opened O_EXCL and
// fails open fails.
// crashing_process: the pid of the crashing process. This must be trusted.
// blob: a blob of data from the crashing process. See exception_handler.h
// blob_size: the length of |blob|, in bytes
//
// Returns true iff successful.
bool WriteMinidump(const char* minidump_path, pid_t crashing_process,
const void* blob, size_t blob_size,
bool skip_stacks_if_mapping_unreferenced = false,
uintptr_t principal_mapping_address = 0,
bool sanitize_stacks = false);
// Same as above but takes an open file descriptor instead of a path.
bool WriteMinidump(int minidump_fd, pid_t crashing_process,
const void* blob, size_t blob_size,
bool skip_stacks_if_mapping_unreferenced = false,
uintptr_t principal_mapping_address = 0,
bool sanitize_stacks = false);
// Alternate form of WriteMinidump() that works with processes that
// are not expected to have crashed. If |process_blamed_thread| is
// meaningful, it will be the one from which a crash signature is
// extracted. It is not expected that this function will be called
// from a compromised context, but it is safe to do so.
bool WriteMinidump(const char* minidump_path, pid_t process,
pid_t process_blamed_thread);
// These overloads also allow passing a list of known mappings and
// a list of additional memory regions to be included in the minidump.
bool WriteMinidump(const char* minidump_path, pid_t crashing_process,
const void* blob, size_t blob_size,
const MappingList& mappings,
const AppMemoryList& appdata,
bool skip_stacks_if_mapping_unreferenced = false,
uintptr_t principal_mapping_address = 0,
bool sanitize_stacks = false);
bool WriteMinidump(int minidump_fd, pid_t crashing_process,
const void* blob, size_t blob_size,
const MappingList& mappings,
const AppMemoryList& appdata,
bool skip_stacks_if_mapping_unreferenced = false,
uintptr_t principal_mapping_address = 0,
bool sanitize_stacks = false);
// These overloads also allow passing a file size limit for the minidump.
bool WriteMinidump(const char* minidump_path, off_t minidump_size_limit,
pid_t crashing_process,
const void* blob, size_t blob_size,
const MappingList& mappings,
const AppMemoryList& appdata,
bool skip_stacks_if_mapping_unreferenced = false,
uintptr_t principal_mapping_address = 0,
bool sanitize_stacks = false);
bool WriteMinidump(int minidump_fd, off_t minidump_size_limit,
pid_t crashing_process,
const void* blob, size_t blob_size,
const MappingList& mappings,
const AppMemoryList& appdata,
bool skip_stacks_if_mapping_unreferenced = false,
uintptr_t principal_mapping_address = 0,
bool sanitize_stacks = false);
bool WriteMinidump(const char* filename,
const MappingList& mappings,
const AppMemoryList& appdata,
LinuxDumper* dumper);
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_MINIDUMP_WRITER_H_

49
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/minidump_writer_unittest_utils.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
// Copyright (c) 2012, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
// minidump_writer_unittest_utils.h:
// Shared routines used by unittests under client/linux/minidump_writer.
#ifndef CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_MINIDUMP_WRITER_UNITTEST_UTILS_H_
#define CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_MINIDUMP_WRITER_UNITTEST_UTILS_H_
#include <string>
#include "common/using_std_string.h"
namespace google_breakpad {
// Returns the full path to linux_dumper_unittest_helper. The full path is
// discovered either by using the environment variable "bindir" or by using
// the location of the main module of the currently running process.
string GetHelperBinary();
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_MINIDUMP_WRITER_UNITTEST_UTILS_H_

130
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/proc_cpuinfo_reader.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
// Copyright (c) 2013, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#ifndef CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_PROC_CPUINFO_READER_H_
#define CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_PROC_CPUINFO_READER_H_
#include <stdint.h>
#include <assert.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "client/linux/minidump_writer/line_reader.h"
#include "common/linux/linux_libc_support.h"
#include "third_party/lss/linux_syscall_support.h"
namespace google_breakpad {
// A class for reading /proc/cpuinfo without using fopen/fgets or other
// functions which may allocate memory.
class ProcCpuInfoReader {
public:
ProcCpuInfoReader(int fd)
: line_reader_(fd), pop_count_(-1) {
}
// Return the next field name, or NULL in case of EOF.
// field: (output) Pointer to zero-terminated field name.
// Returns true on success, or false on EOF or error (line too long).
bool GetNextField(const char** field) {
for (;;) {
const char* line;
unsigned line_len;
// Try to read next line.
if (pop_count_ >= 0) {
line_reader_.PopLine(pop_count_);
pop_count_ = -1;
}
if (!line_reader_.GetNextLine(&line, &line_len))
return false;
pop_count_ = static_cast<int>(line_len);
const char* line_end = line + line_len;
// Expected format: <field-name> <space>+ ':' <space> <value>
// Note that:
// - empty lines happen.
// - <field-name> can contain spaces.
// - some fields have an empty <value>
char* sep = static_cast<char*>(my_memchr(line, ':', line_len));
if (sep == NULL)
continue;
// Record the value. Skip leading space after the column to get
// its start.
const char* val = sep+1;
while (val < line_end && my_isspace(*val))
val++;
value_ = val;
value_len_ = static_cast<size_t>(line_end - val);
// Remove trailing spaces before the column to properly 0-terminate
// the field name.
while (sep > line && my_isspace(sep[-1]))
sep--;
if (sep == line)
continue;
// zero-terminate field name.
*sep = '\0';
*field = line;
return true;
}
}
// Return the field value. This must be called after a succesful
// call to GetNextField().
const char* GetValue() {
assert(value_);
return value_;
}
// Same as GetValue(), but also returns the length in characters of
// the value.
const char* GetValueAndLen(size_t* length) {
assert(value_);
*length = value_len_;
return value_;
}
private:
LineReader line_reader_;
int pop_count_;
const char* value_;
size_t value_len_;
};
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_PROC_CPUINFO_READER_H_

58
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/basictypes.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
// Copyright (c) 2011 Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#ifndef COMMON_BASICTYPES_H_
#define COMMON_BASICTYPES_H_
// A macro to disallow the copy constructor and operator= functions
// This should be used in the private: declarations for a class
#ifndef DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN
#define DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(TypeName) \
TypeName(const TypeName&); \
void operator=(const TypeName&)
#endif // DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN
namespace google_breakpad {
// Used to explicitly mark the return value of a function as unused. If you are
// really sure you don't want to do anything with the return value of a function
// that has been marked with __attribute__((warn_unused_result)), wrap it with
// this. Example:
//
// scoped_ptr<MyType> my_var = ...;
// if (TakeOwnership(my_var.get()) == SUCCESS)
// ignore_result(my_var.release());
//
template<typename T>
inline void ignore_result(const T&) {
}
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // COMMON_BASICTYPES_H_

265
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/byte_cursor.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
// -*- mode: c++ -*-
// Copyright (c) 2010, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
// Original author: Jim Blandy <jimb@mozilla.com> <jimb@red-bean.com>
// byte_cursor.h: Classes for parsing values from a buffer of bytes.
// The ByteCursor class provides a convenient interface for reading
// fixed-size integers of arbitrary endianness, being thorough about
// checking for buffer overruns.
#ifndef COMMON_BYTE_CURSOR_H_
#define COMMON_BYTE_CURSOR_H_
#include <assert.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <string>
#include "common/using_std_string.h"
namespace google_breakpad {
// A buffer holding a series of bytes.
struct ByteBuffer {
ByteBuffer() : start(0), end(0) { }
ByteBuffer(const uint8_t *set_start, size_t set_size)
: start(set_start), end(set_start + set_size) { }
~ByteBuffer() { };
// Equality operators. Useful in unit tests, and when we're using
// ByteBuffers to refer to regions of a larger buffer.
bool operator==(const ByteBuffer &that) const {
return start == that.start && end == that.end;
}
bool operator!=(const ByteBuffer &that) const {
return start != that.start || end != that.end;
}
// Not C++ style guide compliant, but this definitely belongs here.
size_t Size() const {
assert(start <= end);
return end - start;
}
const uint8_t *start, *end;
};
// A cursor pointing into a ByteBuffer that can parse numbers of various
// widths and representations, strings, and data blocks, advancing through
// the buffer as it goes. All ByteCursor operations check that accesses
// haven't gone beyond the end of the enclosing ByteBuffer.
class ByteCursor {
public:
// Create a cursor reading bytes from the start of BUFFER. By default, the
// cursor reads multi-byte values in little-endian form.
ByteCursor(const ByteBuffer *buffer, bool big_endian = false)
: buffer_(buffer), here_(buffer->start),
big_endian_(big_endian), complete_(true) { }
// Accessor and setter for this cursor's endianness flag.
bool big_endian() const { return big_endian_; }
void set_big_endian(bool big_endian) { big_endian_ = big_endian; }
// Accessor and setter for this cursor's current position. The setter
// returns a reference to this cursor.
const uint8_t *here() const { return here_; }
ByteCursor &set_here(const uint8_t *here) {
assert(buffer_->start <= here && here <= buffer_->end);
here_ = here;
return *this;
}
// Return the number of bytes available to read at the cursor.
size_t Available() const { return size_t(buffer_->end - here_); }
// Return true if this cursor is at the end of its buffer.
bool AtEnd() const { return Available() == 0; }
// When used as a boolean value this cursor converts to true if all
// prior reads have been completed, or false if we ran off the end
// of the buffer.
operator bool() const { return complete_; }
// Read a SIZE-byte integer at this cursor, signed if IS_SIGNED is true,
// unsigned otherwise, using the cursor's established endianness, and set
// *RESULT to the number. If we read off the end of our buffer, clear
// this cursor's complete_ flag, and store a dummy value in *RESULT.
// Return a reference to this cursor.
template<typename T>
ByteCursor &Read(size_t size, bool is_signed, T *result) {
if (CheckAvailable(size)) {
T v = 0;
if (big_endian_) {
for (size_t i = 0; i < size; i++)
v = (v << 8) + here_[i];
} else {
// This loop condition looks weird, but size_t is unsigned, so
// decrementing i after it is zero yields the largest size_t value.
for (size_t i = size - 1; i < size; i--)
v = (v << 8) + here_[i];
}
if (is_signed && size < sizeof(T)) {
size_t sign_bit = (T)1 << (size * 8 - 1);
v = (v ^ sign_bit) - sign_bit;
}
here_ += size;
*result = v;
} else {
*result = (T) 0xdeadbeef;
}
return *this;
}
// Read an integer, using the cursor's established endianness and
// *RESULT's size and signedness, and set *RESULT to the number. If we
// read off the end of our buffer, clear this cursor's complete_ flag.
// Return a reference to this cursor.
template<typename T>
ByteCursor &operator>>(T &result) {
bool T_is_signed = (T)-1 < 0;
return Read(sizeof(T), T_is_signed, &result);
}
// Copy the SIZE bytes at the cursor to BUFFER, and advance this
// cursor to the end of them. If we read off the end of our buffer,
// clear this cursor's complete_ flag, and set *POINTER to NULL.
// Return a reference to this cursor.
ByteCursor &Read(uint8_t *buffer, size_t size) {
if (CheckAvailable(size)) {
memcpy(buffer, here_, size);
here_ += size;
}
return *this;
}
// Set STR to a copy of the '\0'-terminated string at the cursor. If the
// byte buffer does not contain a terminating zero, clear this cursor's
// complete_ flag, and set STR to the empty string. Return a reference to
// this cursor.
ByteCursor &CString(string *str) {
const uint8_t *end
= static_cast<const uint8_t *>(memchr(here_, '\0', Available()));
if (end) {
str->assign(reinterpret_cast<const char *>(here_), end - here_);
here_ = end + 1;
} else {
str->clear();
here_ = buffer_->end;
complete_ = false;
}
return *this;
}
// Like CString(STR), but extract the string from a fixed-width buffer
// LIMIT bytes long, which may or may not contain a terminating '\0'
// byte. Specifically:
//
// - If there are not LIMIT bytes available at the cursor, clear the
// cursor's complete_ flag and set STR to the empty string.
//
// - Otherwise, if the LIMIT bytes at the cursor contain any '\0'
// characters, set *STR to a copy of the bytes before the first '\0',
// and advance the cursor by LIMIT bytes.
//
// - Otherwise, set *STR to a copy of those LIMIT bytes, and advance the
// cursor by LIMIT bytes.
ByteCursor &CString(string *str, size_t limit) {
if (CheckAvailable(limit)) {
const uint8_t *end
= static_cast<const uint8_t *>(memchr(here_, '\0', limit));
if (end)
str->assign(reinterpret_cast<const char *>(here_), end - here_);
else
str->assign(reinterpret_cast<const char *>(here_), limit);
here_ += limit;
} else {
str->clear();
}
return *this;
}
// Set *POINTER to point to the SIZE bytes at the cursor, and advance
// this cursor to the end of them. If SIZE is omitted, don't move the
// cursor. If we read off the end of our buffer, clear this cursor's
// complete_ flag, and set *POINTER to NULL. Return a reference to this
// cursor.
ByteCursor &PointTo(const uint8_t **pointer, size_t size = 0) {
if (CheckAvailable(size)) {
*pointer = here_;
here_ += size;
} else {
*pointer = NULL;
}
return *this;
}
// Skip SIZE bytes at the cursor. If doing so would advance us off
// the end of our buffer, clear this cursor's complete_ flag, and
// set *POINTER to NULL. Return a reference to this cursor.
ByteCursor &Skip(size_t size) {
if (CheckAvailable(size))
here_ += size;
return *this;
}
private:
// If there are at least SIZE bytes available to read from the buffer,
// return true. Otherwise, set here_ to the end of the buffer, set
// complete_ to false, and return false.
bool CheckAvailable(size_t size) {
if (Available() >= size) {
return true;
} else {
here_ = buffer_->end;
complete_ = false;
return false;
}
}
// The buffer we're reading bytes from.
const ByteBuffer *buffer_;
// The next byte within buffer_ that we'll read.
const uint8_t *here_;
// True if we should read numbers in big-endian form; false if we
// should read in little-endian form.
bool big_endian_;
// True if we've been able to read all we've been asked to.
bool complete_;
};
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // COMMON_BYTE_CURSOR_H_

164
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/convert_UTF.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
/*
* Copyright © 1991-2015 Unicode, Inc. All rights reserved.
* Distributed under the Terms of Use in
* http://www.unicode.org/copyright.html.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of the Unicode data files and any associated documentation
* (the "Data Files") or Unicode software and any associated documentation
* (the "Software") to deal in the Data Files or Software
* without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use,
* copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, and/or sell copies of
* the Data Files or Software, and to permit persons to whom the Data Files
* or Software are furnished to do so, provided that
* (a) this copyright and permission notice appear with all copies
* of the Data Files or Software,
* (b) this copyright and permission notice appear in associated
* documentation, and
* (c) there is clear notice in each modified Data File or in the Software
* as well as in the documentation associated with the Data File(s) or
* Software that the data or software has been modified.
*
* THE DATA FILES AND SOFTWARE ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
* ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE
* WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS.
* IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR HOLDERS INCLUDED IN THIS
* NOTICE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, OR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES, OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
* DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
* TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
* PERFORMANCE OF THE DATA FILES OR SOFTWARE.
*
* Except as contained in this notice, the name of a copyright holder
* shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale,
* use or other dealings in these Data Files or Software without prior
* written authorization of the copyright holder.
*/
#ifndef COMMON_CONVERT_UTF_H_
#define COMMON_CONVERT_UTF_H_
/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Conversions between UTF32, UTF-16, and UTF-8. Header file.
Several funtions are included here, forming a complete set of
conversions between the three formats. UTF-7 is not included
here, but is handled in a separate source file.
Each of these routines takes pointers to input buffers and output
buffers. The input buffers are const.
Each routine converts the text between *sourceStart and sourceEnd,
putting the result into the buffer between *targetStart and
targetEnd. Note: the end pointers are *after* the last item: e.g.
*(sourceEnd - 1) is the last item.
The return result indicates whether the conversion was successful,
and if not, whether the problem was in the source or target buffers.
(Only the first encountered problem is indicated.)
After the conversion, *sourceStart and *targetStart are both
updated to point to the end of last text successfully converted in
the respective buffers.
Input parameters:
sourceStart - pointer to a pointer to the source buffer.
The contents of this are modified on return so that
it points at the next thing to be converted.
targetStart - similarly, pointer to pointer to the target buffer.
sourceEnd, targetEnd - respectively pointers to the ends of the
two buffers, for overflow checking only.
These conversion functions take a ConversionFlags argument. When this
flag is set to strict, both irregular sequences and isolated surrogates
will cause an error. When the flag is set to lenient, both irregular
sequences and isolated surrogates are converted.
Whether the flag is strict or lenient, all illegal sequences will cause
an error return. This includes sequences such as: <F4 90 80 80>, <C0 80>,
or <A0> in UTF-8, and values above 0x10FFFF in UTF-32. Conformant code
must check for illegal sequences.
When the flag is set to lenient, characters over 0x10FFFF are converted
to the replacement character; otherwise (when the flag is set to strict)
they constitute an error.
Output parameters:
The value "sourceIllegal" is returned from some routines if the input
sequence is malformed. When "sourceIllegal" is returned, the source
value will point to the illegal value that caused the problem. E.g.,
in UTF-8 when a sequence is malformed, it points to the start of the
malformed sequence.
Author: Mark E. Davis, 1994.
Rev History: Rick McGowan, fixes & updates May 2001.
Fixes & updates, Sept 2001.
------------------------------------------------------------------------ */
/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------
The following 4 definitions are compiler-specific.
The C standard does not guarantee that wchar_t has at least
16 bits, so wchar_t is no less portable than unsigned short!
All should be unsigned values to avoid sign extension during
bit mask & shift operations.
------------------------------------------------------------------------ */
typedef unsigned long UTF32; /* at least 32 bits */
typedef unsigned short UTF16; /* at least 16 bits */
typedef unsigned char UTF8; /* typically 8 bits */
typedef unsigned char Boolean; /* 0 or 1 */
/* Some fundamental constants */
#define UNI_REPLACEMENT_CHAR (UTF32)0x0000FFFD
#define UNI_MAX_BMP (UTF32)0x0000FFFF
#define UNI_MAX_UTF16 (UTF32)0x0010FFFF
#define UNI_MAX_UTF32 (UTF32)0x7FFFFFFF
#define UNI_MAX_LEGAL_UTF32 (UTF32)0x0010FFFF
typedef enum {
conversionOK, /* conversion successful */
sourceExhausted, /* partial character in source, but hit end */
targetExhausted, /* insuff. room in target for conversion */
sourceIllegal /* source sequence is illegal/malformed */
} ConversionResult;
typedef enum {
strictConversion = 0,
lenientConversion
} ConversionFlags;
/* This is for C++ and does no harm in C */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
ConversionResult ConvertUTF8toUTF16 (const UTF8** sourceStart, const UTF8* sourceEnd,
UTF16** targetStart, UTF16* targetEnd, ConversionFlags flags);
ConversionResult ConvertUTF16toUTF8 (const UTF16** sourceStart, const UTF16* sourceEnd,
UTF8** targetStart, UTF8* targetEnd, ConversionFlags flags);
ConversionResult ConvertUTF8toUTF32 (const UTF8** sourceStart, const UTF8* sourceEnd,
UTF32** targetStart, UTF32* targetEnd, ConversionFlags flags);
ConversionResult ConvertUTF32toUTF8 (const UTF32** sourceStart, const UTF32* sourceEnd,
UTF8** targetStart, UTF8* targetEnd, ConversionFlags flags);
ConversionResult ConvertUTF16toUTF32 (const UTF16** sourceStart, const UTF16* sourceEnd,
UTF32** targetStart, UTF32* targetEnd, ConversionFlags flags);
ConversionResult ConvertUTF32toUTF16 (const UTF32** sourceStart, const UTF32* sourceEnd,
UTF16** targetStart, UTF16* targetEnd, ConversionFlags flags);
Boolean isLegalUTF8Sequence(const UTF8 *source, const UTF8 *sourceEnd);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
/* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
#endif // COMMON_CONVERT_UTF_H_

202
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/dwarf_cfi_to_module.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
// -*- mode: c++ -*-
// Copyright (c) 2010, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
// Original author: Jim Blandy <jimb@mozilla.com> <jimb@red-bean.com>
// dwarf_cfi_to_module.h: Define the DwarfCFIToModule class, which
// accepts parsed DWARF call frame info and adds it to a
// google_breakpad::Module object, which can write that information to
// a Breakpad symbol file.
#ifndef COMMON_LINUX_DWARF_CFI_TO_MODULE_H
#define COMMON_LINUX_DWARF_CFI_TO_MODULE_H
#include <assert.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <set>
#include <string>
#include <vector>
#include "common/module.h"
#include "common/dwarf/dwarf2reader.h"
#include "common/using_std_string.h"
namespace google_breakpad {
using dwarf2reader::CallFrameInfo;
using google_breakpad::Module;
using std::set;
using std::vector;
// A class that accepts parsed call frame information from the DWARF
// CFI parser and populates a google_breakpad::Module object with the
// contents.
class DwarfCFIToModule: public CallFrameInfo::Handler {
public:
// DwarfCFIToModule uses an instance of this class to report errors
// detected while converting DWARF CFI to Breakpad STACK CFI records.
class Reporter {
public:
// Create a reporter that writes messages to the standard error
// stream. FILE is the name of the file we're processing, and
// SECTION is the name of the section within that file that we're
// looking at (.debug_frame, .eh_frame, etc.).
Reporter(const string &file, const string &section)
: file_(file), section_(section) { }
virtual ~Reporter() { }
// The DWARF CFI entry at OFFSET cites register REG, but REG is not
// covered by the vector of register names passed to the
// DwarfCFIToModule constructor, nor does it match the return
// address column number for this entry.
virtual void UnnamedRegister(size_t offset, int reg);
// The DWARF CFI entry at OFFSET says that REG is undefined, but the
// Breakpad symbol file format cannot express this.
virtual void UndefinedNotSupported(size_t offset, const string &reg);
// The DWARF CFI entry at OFFSET says that REG uses a DWARF
// expression to find its value, but DwarfCFIToModule is not
// capable of translating DWARF expressions to Breakpad postfix
// expressions.
virtual void ExpressionsNotSupported(size_t offset, const string &reg);
protected:
string file_, section_;
};
// Register name tables. If TABLE is a vector returned by one of these
// functions, then TABLE[R] is the name of the register numbered R in
// DWARF call frame information.
class RegisterNames {
public:
// Intel's "x86" or IA-32.
static vector<string> I386();
// AMD x86_64, AMD64, Intel EM64T, or Intel 64
static vector<string> X86_64();
// ARM.
static vector<string> ARM();
// ARM64, aka AARCH64.
static vector<string> ARM64();
// MIPS.
static vector<string> MIPS();
private:
// Given STRINGS, an array of C strings with SIZE elements, return an
// equivalent vector<string>.
static vector<string> MakeVector(const char * const *strings, size_t size);
};
// Create a handler for the dwarf2reader::CallFrameInfo parser that
// records the stack unwinding information it receives in MODULE.
//
// Use REGISTER_NAMES[I] as the name of register number I; *this
// keeps a reference to the vector, so the vector should remain
// alive for as long as the DwarfCFIToModule does.
//
// Use REPORTER for reporting problems encountered in the conversion
// process.
DwarfCFIToModule(Module *module, const vector<string> &register_names,
Reporter *reporter)
: module_(module), register_names_(register_names), reporter_(reporter),
entry_(NULL), return_address_(-1), cfa_name_(".cfa"), ra_name_(".ra") {
}
virtual ~DwarfCFIToModule() { delete entry_; }
virtual bool Entry(size_t offset, uint64 address, uint64 length,
uint8 version, const string &augmentation,
unsigned return_address);
virtual bool UndefinedRule(uint64 address, int reg);
virtual bool SameValueRule(uint64 address, int reg);
virtual bool OffsetRule(uint64 address, int reg,
int base_register, long offset);
virtual bool ValOffsetRule(uint64 address, int reg,
int base_register, long offset);
virtual bool RegisterRule(uint64 address, int reg, int base_register);
virtual bool ExpressionRule(uint64 address, int reg,
const string &expression);
virtual bool ValExpressionRule(uint64 address, int reg,
const string &expression);
virtual bool End();
private:
// Return the name to use for register REG.
string RegisterName(int i);
// Record RULE for register REG at ADDRESS.
void Record(Module::Address address, int reg, const string &rule);
// The module to which we should add entries.
Module *module_;
// Map from register numbers to register names.
const vector<string> &register_names_;
// The reporter to use to report problems.
Reporter *reporter_;
// The current entry we're constructing.
Module::StackFrameEntry *entry_;
// The section offset of the current frame description entry, for
// use in error messages.
size_t entry_offset_;
// The return address column for that entry.
unsigned return_address_;
// The names of the return address and canonical frame address. Putting
// these here instead of using string literals allows us to share their
// texts in reference-counted string implementations (all the
// popular ones). Many, many rules cite these strings.
string cfa_name_, ra_name_;
// A set of strings used by this CFI. Before storing a string in one of
// our data structures, insert it into this set, and then use the string
// from the set.
//
// Because string uses reference counting internally, simply using
// strings from this set, even if passed by value, assigned, or held
// directly in structures and containers (map<string, ...>, for example),
// causes those strings to share a single instance of each distinct piece
// of text.
set<string> common_strings_;
};
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // COMMON_LINUX_DWARF_CFI_TO_MODULE_H

345
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/dwarf_cu_to_module.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,345 @@
// -*- mode: c++ -*-
// Copyright (c) 2010 Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
// Original author: Jim Blandy <jimb@mozilla.com> <jimb@red-bean.com>
// Add DWARF debugging information to a Breakpad symbol file. This
// file defines the DwarfCUToModule class, which accepts parsed DWARF
// data and populates a google_breakpad::Module with the results; the
// Module can then write its contents as a Breakpad symbol file.
#ifndef COMMON_LINUX_DWARF_CU_TO_MODULE_H__
#define COMMON_LINUX_DWARF_CU_TO_MODULE_H__
#include <stdint.h>
#include <string>
#include "common/language.h"
#include "common/module.h"
#include "common/dwarf/bytereader.h"
#include "common/dwarf/dwarf2diehandler.h"
#include "common/dwarf/dwarf2reader.h"
#include "common/scoped_ptr.h"
#include "common/using_std_string.h"
namespace google_breakpad {
using dwarf2reader::DwarfAttribute;
using dwarf2reader::DwarfForm;
using dwarf2reader::DwarfLanguage;
using dwarf2reader::DwarfTag;
// Populate a google_breakpad::Module with DWARF debugging information.
//
// An instance of this class can be provided as a handler to a
// dwarf2reader::DIEDispatcher, which can in turn be a handler for a
// dwarf2reader::CompilationUnit DWARF parser. The handler uses the results
// of parsing to populate a google_breakpad::Module with source file,
// function, and source line information.
class DwarfCUToModule: public dwarf2reader::RootDIEHandler {
struct FilePrivate;
public:
// Information global to the DWARF-bearing file we are processing,
// for use by DwarfCUToModule. Each DwarfCUToModule instance deals
// with a single compilation unit within the file, but information
// global to the whole file is held here. The client is responsible
// for filling it in appropriately (except for the 'file_private'
// field, which the constructor and destructor take care of), and
// then providing it to the DwarfCUToModule instance for each
// compilation unit we process in that file. Set HANDLE_INTER_CU_REFS
// to true to handle debugging symbols with DW_FORM_ref_addr entries.
class FileContext {
public:
FileContext(const string &filename,
Module *module,
bool handle_inter_cu_refs);
~FileContext();
// Add CONTENTS of size LENGTH to the section map as NAME.
void AddSectionToSectionMap(const string& name,
const uint8_t *contents,
uint64 length);
// Clear the section map for testing.
void ClearSectionMapForTest();
const dwarf2reader::SectionMap& section_map() const;
private:
friend class DwarfCUToModule;
// Clears all the Specifications if HANDLE_INTER_CU_REFS_ is false.
void ClearSpecifications();
// Given an OFFSET and a CU that starts at COMPILATION_UNIT_START, returns
// true if this is an inter-compilation unit reference that is not being
// handled.
bool IsUnhandledInterCUReference(uint64 offset,
uint64 compilation_unit_start) const;
// The name of this file, for use in error messages.
const string filename_;
// A map of this file's sections, used for finding other DWARF
// sections that the .debug_info section may refer to.
dwarf2reader::SectionMap section_map_;
// The Module to which we're contributing definitions.
Module *module_;
// True if we are handling references between compilation units.
const bool handle_inter_cu_refs_;
// Inter-compilation unit data used internally by the handlers.
scoped_ptr<FilePrivate> file_private_;
};
// An abstract base class for handlers that handle DWARF range lists for
// DwarfCUToModule.
class RangesHandler {
public:
RangesHandler() { }
virtual ~RangesHandler() { }
// Called when finishing a function to populate the function's ranges.
// The ranges' entries are read starting from offset in the .debug_ranges
// section, base_address holds the base PC the range list values are
// offsets off. Return false if the rangelist falls out of the
// .debug_ranges section.
virtual bool ReadRanges(uint64 offset, Module::Address base_address,
vector<Module::Range>* ranges) = 0;
};
// An abstract base class for handlers that handle DWARF line data
// for DwarfCUToModule. DwarfCUToModule could certainly just use
// dwarf2reader::LineInfo itself directly, but decoupling things
// this way makes unit testing a little easier.
class LineToModuleHandler {
public:
LineToModuleHandler() { }
virtual ~LineToModuleHandler() { }
// Called at the beginning of a new compilation unit, prior to calling
// ReadProgram(). compilation_dir will indicate the path that the
// current compilation unit was compiled in, consistent with the
// DW_AT_comp_dir DIE.
virtual void StartCompilationUnit(const string& compilation_dir) = 0;
// Populate MODULE and LINES with source file names and code/line
// mappings, given a pointer to some DWARF line number data
// PROGRAM, and an overestimate of its size. Add no zero-length
// lines to LINES.
virtual void ReadProgram(const uint8_t *program, uint64 length,
Module *module, vector<Module::Line> *lines) = 0;
};
// The interface DwarfCUToModule uses to report warnings. The member
// function definitions for this class write messages to stderr, but
// you can override them if you'd like to detect or report these
// conditions yourself.
class WarningReporter {
public:
// Warn about problems in the DWARF file FILENAME, in the
// compilation unit at OFFSET.
WarningReporter(const string &filename, uint64 cu_offset)
: filename_(filename), cu_offset_(cu_offset), printed_cu_header_(false),
printed_unpaired_header_(false),
uncovered_warnings_enabled_(false) { }
virtual ~WarningReporter() { }
// Set the name of the compilation unit we're processing to NAME.
virtual void SetCUName(const string &name) { cu_name_ = name; }
// Accessor and setter for uncovered_warnings_enabled_.
// UncoveredFunction and UncoveredLine only report a problem if that is
// true. By default, these warnings are disabled, because those
// conditions occur occasionally in healthy code.
virtual bool uncovered_warnings_enabled() const {
return uncovered_warnings_enabled_;
}
virtual void set_uncovered_warnings_enabled(bool value) {
uncovered_warnings_enabled_ = value;
}
// A DW_AT_specification in the DIE at OFFSET refers to a DIE we
// haven't processed yet, or that wasn't marked as a declaration,
// at TARGET.
virtual void UnknownSpecification(uint64 offset, uint64 target);
// A DW_AT_abstract_origin in the DIE at OFFSET refers to a DIE we
// haven't processed yet, or that wasn't marked as inline, at TARGET.
virtual void UnknownAbstractOrigin(uint64 offset, uint64 target);
// We were unable to find the DWARF section named SECTION_NAME.
virtual void MissingSection(const string &section_name);
// The CU's DW_AT_stmt_list offset OFFSET is bogus.
virtual void BadLineInfoOffset(uint64 offset);
// FUNCTION includes code covered by no line number data.
virtual void UncoveredFunction(const Module::Function &function);
// Line number NUMBER in LINE_FILE, of length LENGTH, includes code
// covered by no function.
virtual void UncoveredLine(const Module::Line &line);
// The DW_TAG_subprogram DIE at OFFSET has no name specified directly
// in the DIE, nor via a DW_AT_specification or DW_AT_abstract_origin
// link.
virtual void UnnamedFunction(uint64 offset);
// __cxa_demangle() failed to demangle INPUT.
virtual void DemangleError(const string &input);
// The DW_FORM_ref_addr at OFFSET to TARGET was not handled because
// FilePrivate did not retain the inter-CU specification data.
virtual void UnhandledInterCUReference(uint64 offset, uint64 target);
// The DW_AT_ranges at offset is malformed (truncated or outside of the
// .debug_ranges section's bound).
virtual void MalformedRangeList(uint64 offset);
// A DW_AT_ranges attribute was encountered but the no .debug_ranges
// section was found.
virtual void MissingRanges();
uint64 cu_offset() const {
return cu_offset_;
}
protected:
const string filename_;
const uint64 cu_offset_;
string cu_name_;
bool printed_cu_header_;
bool printed_unpaired_header_;
bool uncovered_warnings_enabled_;
private:
// Print a per-CU heading, once.
void CUHeading();
// Print an unpaired function/line heading, once.
void UncoveredHeading();
};
// Create a DWARF debugging info handler for a compilation unit
// within FILE_CONTEXT. This uses information received from the
// dwarf2reader::CompilationUnit DWARF parser to populate
// FILE_CONTEXT->module. Use LINE_READER to handle the compilation
// unit's line number data. Use REPORTER to report problems with the
// data we find.
DwarfCUToModule(FileContext *file_context,
LineToModuleHandler *line_reader,
RangesHandler *ranges_handler,
WarningReporter *reporter);
~DwarfCUToModule();
void ProcessAttributeSigned(enum DwarfAttribute attr,
enum DwarfForm form,
int64 data);
void ProcessAttributeUnsigned(enum DwarfAttribute attr,
enum DwarfForm form,
uint64 data);
void ProcessAttributeString(enum DwarfAttribute attr,
enum DwarfForm form,
const string &data);
bool EndAttributes();
DIEHandler *FindChildHandler(uint64 offset, enum DwarfTag tag);
// Assign all our source Lines to the Functions that cover their
// addresses, and then add them to module_.
void Finish();
bool StartCompilationUnit(uint64 offset, uint8 address_size,
uint8 offset_size, uint64 cu_length,
uint8 dwarf_version);
bool StartRootDIE(uint64 offset, enum DwarfTag tag);
private:
// Used internally by the handler. Full definitions are in
// dwarf_cu_to_module.cc.
struct CUContext;
struct DIEContext;
struct Specification;
class GenericDIEHandler;
class FuncHandler;
class NamedScopeHandler;
// A map from section offsets to specifications.
typedef map<uint64, Specification> SpecificationByOffset;
// Set this compilation unit's source language to LANGUAGE.
void SetLanguage(DwarfLanguage language);
// Read source line information at OFFSET in the .debug_line
// section. Record source files in module_, but record source lines
// in lines_; we apportion them to functions in
// AssignLinesToFunctions.
void ReadSourceLines(uint64 offset);
// Assign the lines in lines_ to the individual line lists of the
// functions in functions_. (DWARF line information maps an entire
// compilation unit at a time, and gives no indication of which
// lines belong to which functions, beyond their addresses.)
void AssignLinesToFunctions();
// The only reason cu_context_ and child_context_ are pointers is
// that we want to keep their definitions private to
// dwarf_cu_to_module.cc, instead of listing them all here. They are
// owned by this DwarfCUToModule: the constructor sets them, and the
// destructor deletes them.
// The handler to use to handle line number data.
LineToModuleHandler *line_reader_;
// This compilation unit's context.
scoped_ptr<CUContext> cu_context_;
// A context for our children.
scoped_ptr<DIEContext> child_context_;
// True if this compilation unit has source line information.
bool has_source_line_info_;
// The offset of this compilation unit's line number information in
// the .debug_line section.
uint64 source_line_offset_;
// The line numbers we have seen thus far. We accumulate these here
// during parsing. Then, in Finish, we call AssignLinesToFunctions
// to dole them out to the appropriate functions.
vector<Module::Line> lines_;
};
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // COMMON_LINUX_DWARF_CU_TO_MODULE_H__

188
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/dwarf_line_to_module.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
// -*- mode: c++ -*-
// Copyright (c) 2010 Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
// Original author: Jim Blandy <jimb@mozilla.com> <jimb@red-bean.com>
// The DwarfLineToModule class accepts line number information from a
// DWARF parser and adds it to a google_breakpad::Module. The Module
// can write that data out as a Breakpad symbol file.
#ifndef COMMON_LINUX_DWARF_LINE_TO_MODULE_H
#define COMMON_LINUX_DWARF_LINE_TO_MODULE_H
#include <string>
#include "common/module.h"
#include "common/dwarf/dwarf2reader.h"
#include "common/using_std_string.h"
namespace google_breakpad {
// A class for producing a vector of google_breakpad::Module::Line
// instances from parsed DWARF line number data.
//
// An instance of this class can be provided as a handler to a
// dwarf2reader::LineInfo DWARF line number information parser. The
// handler accepts source location information from the parser and
// uses it to produce a vector of google_breakpad::Module::Line
// objects, referring to google_breakpad::Module::File objects added
// to a particular google_breakpad::Module.
//
// GNU toolchain omitted sections support:
// ======================================
//
// Given the right options, the GNU toolchain will omit unreferenced
// functions from the final executable. Unfortunately, when it does so, it
// does not remove the associated portions of the DWARF line number
// program; instead, it gives the DW_LNE_set_address instructions referring
// to the now-deleted code addresses of zero. Given this input, the DWARF
// line parser will call AddLine with a series of lines starting at address
// zero. For example, here is the output from 'readelf -wl' for a program
// with four functions, the first three of which have been omitted:
//
// Line Number Statements:
// Extended opcode 2: set Address to 0x0
// Advance Line by 14 to 15
// Copy
// Special opcode 48: advance Address by 3 to 0x3 and Line by 1 to 16
// Special opcode 119: advance Address by 8 to 0xb and Line by 2 to 18
// Advance PC by 2 to 0xd
// Extended opcode 1: End of Sequence
//
// Extended opcode 2: set Address to 0x0
// Advance Line by 14 to 15
// Copy
// Special opcode 48: advance Address by 3 to 0x3 and Line by 1 to 16
// Special opcode 119: advance Address by 8 to 0xb and Line by 2 to 18
// Advance PC by 2 to 0xd
// Extended opcode 1: End of Sequence
//
// Extended opcode 2: set Address to 0x0
// Advance Line by 19 to 20
// Copy
// Special opcode 48: advance Address by 3 to 0x3 and Line by 1 to 21
// Special opcode 76: advance Address by 5 to 0x8 and Line by 1 to 22
// Advance PC by 2 to 0xa
// Extended opcode 1: End of Sequence
//
// Extended opcode 2: set Address to 0x80483a4
// Advance Line by 23 to 24
// Copy
// Special opcode 202: advance Address by 14 to 0x80483b2 and Line by 1 to 25
// Special opcode 76: advance Address by 5 to 0x80483b7 and Line by 1 to 26
// Advance PC by 6 to 0x80483bd
// Extended opcode 1: End of Sequence
//
// Instead of collecting runs of lines describing code that is not there,
// we try to recognize and drop them. Since the linker doesn't explicitly
// distinguish references to dropped sections from genuine references to
// code at address zero, we must use a heuristic. We have chosen:
//
// - If a line starts at address zero, omit it. (On the platforms
// breakpad targets, it is extremely unlikely that there will be code
// at address zero.)
//
// - If a line starts immediately after an omitted line, omit it too.
class DwarfLineToModule: public dwarf2reader::LineInfoHandler {
public:
// As the DWARF line info parser passes us line records, add source
// files to MODULE, and add all lines to the end of LINES. LINES
// need not be empty. If the parser hands us a zero-length line, we
// omit it. If the parser hands us a line that extends beyond the
// end of the address space, we clip it. It's up to our client to
// sort out which lines belong to which functions; we don't add them
// to any particular function in MODULE ourselves.
DwarfLineToModule(Module *module, const string& compilation_dir,
vector<Module::Line> *lines)
: module_(module),
compilation_dir_(compilation_dir),
lines_(lines),
highest_file_number_(-1),
omitted_line_end_(0),
warned_bad_file_number_(false),
warned_bad_directory_number_(false) { }
~DwarfLineToModule() { }
void DefineDir(const string &name, uint32 dir_num);
void DefineFile(const string &name, int32 file_num,
uint32 dir_num, uint64 mod_time,
uint64 length);
void AddLine(uint64 address, uint64 length,
uint32 file_num, uint32 line_num, uint32 column_num);
private:
typedef std::map<uint32, string> DirectoryTable;
typedef std::map<uint32, Module::File *> FileTable;
// The module we're contributing debugging info to. Owned by our
// client.
Module *module_;
// The compilation directory for the current compilation unit whose
// lines are being accumulated.
string compilation_dir_;
// The vector of lines we're accumulating. Owned by our client.
//
// In a Module, as in a breakpad symbol file, lines belong to
// specific functions, but DWARF simply assigns lines to addresses;
// one must infer the line/function relationship using the
// functions' beginning and ending addresses. So we can't add these
// to the appropriate function from module_ until we've read the
// function info as well. Instead, we accumulate lines here, and let
// whoever constructed this sort it all out.
vector<Module::Line> *lines_;
// A table mapping directory numbers to paths.
DirectoryTable directories_;
// A table mapping file numbers to Module::File pointers.
FileTable files_;
// The highest file number we've seen so far, or -1 if we've seen
// none. Used for dynamically defined file numbers.
int32 highest_file_number_;
// This is the ending address of the last line we omitted, or zero if we
// didn't omit the previous line. It is zero before we have received any
// AddLine calls.
uint64 omitted_line_end_;
// True if we've warned about:
bool warned_bad_file_number_; // bad file numbers
bool warned_bad_directory_number_; // bad directory numbers
};
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // COMMON_LINUX_DWARF_LINE_TO_MODULE_H

79
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/dwarf_range_list_handler.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
// -*- mode: c++ -*-
// Copyright (c) 2018 Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
// Original author: Gabriele Svelto <gsvelto@mozilla.com>
// <gabriele.svelto@gmail.com>
// The DwarfRangeListHandler class accepts rangelist data from a DWARF parser
// and adds it to a google_breakpad::Function or other objects supporting
// ranges.
#ifndef COMMON_LINUX_DWARF_RANGE_LIST_HANDLER_H
#define COMMON_LINUX_DWARF_RANGE_LIST_HANDLER_H
#include <vector>
#include "common/module.h"
#include "common/dwarf/dwarf2reader.h"
namespace google_breakpad {
// A class for producing a vector of google_breakpad::Module::Range
// instances from a parsed DWARF range list.
class DwarfRangeListHandler: public dwarf2reader::RangeListHandler {
public:
DwarfRangeListHandler(uint64 base_address, vector<Module::Range> *ranges)
: base_address_(base_address), ranges_(ranges) { }
~DwarfRangeListHandler() { }
// Add a range to the list
void AddRange(uint64 begin, uint64 end);
// Record the new base address and use it for the following entries
void SetBaseAddress(uint64 base_address);
// Sort the ranges so that they are in ascending order of starting address
void Finish();
private:
// The current PC to add to every entry, this can be overridden by a special
// list entry
uint64 base_address_;
// The list of ranges to be populated
vector<Module::Range> *ranges_;
};
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // COMMON_LINUX_DWARF_RANGE_LIST_HANDLER_H

105
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/language.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
// -*- mode: c++ -*-
// Copyright (c) 2010 Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
// Original author: Jim Blandy <jimb@mozilla.com> <jimb@red-bean.com>
// language.h: Define google_breakpad::Language. Instances of
// subclasses of this class provide language-appropriate operations
// for the Breakpad symbol dumper.
#ifndef COMMON_LINUX_LANGUAGE_H__
#define COMMON_LINUX_LANGUAGE_H__
#include <string>
#include "common/using_std_string.h"
namespace google_breakpad {
// An abstract base class for language-specific operations. We choose
// an instance of a subclass of this when we find the CU's language.
// This class's definitions are appropriate for CUs with no specified
// language.
class Language {
public:
// A base class destructor should be either public and virtual,
// or protected and nonvirtual.
virtual ~Language() {}
// Return true if this language has functions to which we can assign
// line numbers. (Debugging info for assembly language, for example,
// can have source location information, but does not have functions
// recorded using DW_TAG_subprogram DIEs.)
virtual bool HasFunctions() const { return true; }
// Construct a fully-qualified, language-appropriate form of NAME,
// given that PARENT_NAME is the name of the construct enclosing
// NAME. If PARENT_NAME is the empty string, then NAME is a
// top-level name.
//
// This API sort of assumes that a fully-qualified name is always
// some simple textual composition of the unqualified name and its
// parent's name, and that we don't need to know anything else about
// the parent or the child (say, their DIEs' tags) to do the job.
// This is true for the languages we support at the moment, and
// keeps things concrete. Perhaps a more refined operation would
// take into account the parent and child DIE types, allow languages
// to use their own data type for complex parent names, etc. But if
// C++ doesn't need all that, who would?
virtual string MakeQualifiedName (const string &parent_name,
const string &name) const = 0;
enum DemangleResult {
// Demangling was not performed because it’s not appropriate to attempt.
kDontDemangle = -1,
kDemangleSuccess,
kDemangleFailure,
};
// Wraps abi::__cxa_demangle() or similar for languages where appropriate.
virtual DemangleResult DemangleName(const string& mangled,
string* demangled) const {
demangled->clear();
return kDontDemangle;
}
// Instances for specific languages.
static const Language * const CPlusPlus,
* const Java,
* const Swift,
* const Rust,
* const Assembler;
};
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // COMMON_LINUX_LANGUAGE_H__

53
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/crc32.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
// Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#ifndef COMMON_LINUX_CRC32_H_
#define COMMON_LINUX_CRC32_H_
#include <stdint.h>
#include <string>
namespace google_breakpad {
// Updates a CRC32 checksum with |len| bytes from |buf|. |initial| holds the
// checksum result from the previous update; for the first call, it should be 0.
uint32_t UpdateCrc32(uint32_t initial, const void* buf, size_t len);
// Computes a CRC32 checksum using |len| bytes from |buf|.
inline uint32_t ComputeCrc32(const void* buf, size_t len) {
return UpdateCrc32(0, buf, len);
}
inline uint32_t ComputeCrc32(const std::string& str) {
return ComputeCrc32(str.c_str(), str.size());
}
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // COMMON_LINUX_CRC32_H_

86
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/dump_symbols.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
// -*- mode: c++ -*-
// Copyright (c) 2011, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
// dump_symbols.h: Read debugging information from an ELF file, and write
// it out as a Breakpad symbol file.
#ifndef COMMON_LINUX_DUMP_SYMBOLS_H__
#define COMMON_LINUX_DUMP_SYMBOLS_H__
#include <iostream>
#include <string>
#include <vector>
#include "common/symbol_data.h"
#include "common/using_std_string.h"
namespace google_breakpad {
class Module;
struct DumpOptions {
DumpOptions(SymbolData symbol_data, bool handle_inter_cu_refs)
: symbol_data(symbol_data),
handle_inter_cu_refs(handle_inter_cu_refs) {
}
SymbolData symbol_data;
bool handle_inter_cu_refs;
};
// Find all the debugging information in OBJ_FILE, an ELF executable
// or shared library, and write it to SYM_STREAM in the Breakpad symbol
// file format.
// If OBJ_FILE has been stripped but contains a .gnu_debuglink section,
// then look for the debug file in DEBUG_DIRS.
// SYMBOL_DATA allows limiting the type of symbol data written.
bool WriteSymbolFile(const string &obj_file,
const std::vector<string>& debug_dirs,
const DumpOptions& options,
std::ostream &sym_stream);
// Read the selected object file's debugging information, and write out the
// header only to |stream|. Return true on success; if an error occurs, report
// it and return false.
bool WriteSymbolFileHeader(const string& obj_file,
std::ostream &sym_stream);
// As above, but simply return the debugging information in MODULE
// instead of writing it to a stream. The caller owns the resulting
// Module object and must delete it when finished.
bool ReadSymbolData(const string& obj_file,
const std::vector<string>& debug_dirs,
const DumpOptions& options,
Module** module);
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // COMMON_LINUX_DUMP_SYMBOLS_H__

58
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/eintr_wrapper.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
// Copyright (c) 2010 Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#ifndef COMMON_LINUX_EINTR_WRAPPER_H_
#define COMMON_LINUX_EINTR_WRAPPER_H_
#include <errno.h>
// This provides a wrapper around system calls which may be interrupted by a
// signal and return EINTR. See man 7 signal.
//
#define HANDLE_EINTR(x) ({ \
__typeof__(x) eintr_wrapper_result; \
do { \
eintr_wrapper_result = (x); \
} while (eintr_wrapper_result == -1 && errno == EINTR); \
eintr_wrapper_result; \
})
#define IGNORE_EINTR(x) ({ \
__typeof__(x) eintr_wrapper_result; \
do { \
eintr_wrapper_result = (x); \
if (eintr_wrapper_result == -1 && errno == EINTR) { \
eintr_wrapper_result = 0; \
} \
} while (0); \
eintr_wrapper_result; \
})
#endif // COMMON_LINUX_EINTR_WRAPPER_H_

148
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/elf_core_dump.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
// Copyright (c) 2011, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
// elf_core_dump.h: Define the google_breakpad::ElfCoreDump class, which
// encapsulates an ELF core dump file mapped into memory.
#ifndef COMMON_LINUX_ELF_CORE_DUMP_H_
#define COMMON_LINUX_ELF_CORE_DUMP_H_
#include <elf.h>
#include <link.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include "common/memory_range.h"
namespace google_breakpad {
// A class encapsulating an ELF core dump file mapped into memory, which
// provides methods for accessing program headers and the note section.
class ElfCoreDump {
public:
// ELF types based on the value of __WORDSIZE.
typedef ElfW(Ehdr) Ehdr;
typedef ElfW(Nhdr) Nhdr;
typedef ElfW(Phdr) Phdr;
typedef ElfW(Word) Word;
typedef ElfW(Addr) Addr;
#if __WORDSIZE == 32
static const int kClass = ELFCLASS32;
#elif __WORDSIZE == 64
static const int kClass = ELFCLASS64;
#else
#error "Unsupported __WORDSIZE for ElfCoreDump."
#endif
// A class encapsulating the note content in a core dump, which provides
// methods for accessing the name and description of a note.
class Note {
public:
Note();
// Constructor that takes the note content from |content|.
explicit Note(const MemoryRange& content);
// Returns true if this note is valid, i,e. a note header is found in
// |content_|, or false otherwise.
bool IsValid() const;
// Returns the note header, or NULL if no note header is found in
// |content_|.
const Nhdr* GetHeader() const;
// Returns the note type, or 0 if no note header is found in |content_|.
Word GetType() const;
// Returns a memory range covering the note name, or an empty range
// if no valid note name is found in |content_|.
MemoryRange GetName() const;
// Returns a memory range covering the note description, or an empty
// range if no valid note description is found in |content_|.
MemoryRange GetDescription() const;
// Returns the note following this note, or an empty note if no valid
// note is found after this note.
Note GetNextNote() const;
private:
// Returns the size in bytes round up to the word alignment, specified
// for the note section, of a given size in bytes.
static size_t AlignedSize(size_t size);
// Note content.
MemoryRange content_;
};
ElfCoreDump();
// Constructor that takes the core dump content from |content|.
explicit ElfCoreDump(const MemoryRange& content);
// Sets the core dump content to |content|.
void SetContent(const MemoryRange& content);
// Returns true if a valid ELF header in the core dump, or false otherwise.
bool IsValid() const;
// Returns the ELF header in the core dump, or NULL if no ELF header
// is found in |content_|.
const Ehdr* GetHeader() const;
// Returns the |index|-th program header in the core dump, or NULL if no
// ELF header is found in |content_| or |index| is out of bounds.
const Phdr* GetProgramHeader(unsigned index) const;
// Returns the first program header of |type| in the core dump, or NULL if
// no ELF header is found in |content_| or no program header of |type| is
// found.
const Phdr* GetFirstProgramHeaderOfType(Word type) const;
// Returns the number of program headers in the core dump, or 0 if no
// ELF header is found in |content_|.
unsigned GetProgramHeaderCount() const;
// Copies |length| bytes of data starting at |virtual_address| in the core
// dump to |buffer|. |buffer| should be a valid pointer to a buffer of at
// least |length| bytes. Returns true if the data to be copied is found in
// the core dump, or false otherwise.
bool CopyData(void* buffer, Addr virtual_address, size_t length);
// Returns the first note found in the note section of the core dump, or
// an empty note if no note is found.
Note GetFirstNote() const;
private:
// Core dump content.
MemoryRange content_;
};
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // COMMON_LINUX_ELF_CORE_DUMP_H_

51
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/elf_gnu_compat.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
// -*- mode: C++ -*-
// Copyright (c) 2013, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
// Original author: Lei Zhang <thestig@google.com>
// elf_gnu_compat.h: #defines unique to glibc's elf.h.
#ifndef COMMON_LINUX_ELF_GNU_COMPAT_H_
#define COMMON_LINUX_ELF_GNU_COMPAT_H_
#include <elf.h>
// A note type on GNU systems corresponding to the .note.gnu.build-id section.
#ifndef NT_GNU_BUILD_ID
#define NT_GNU_BUILD_ID 3
#endif
// Newer Linux systems offer this.
#ifndef NT_SIGINFO
#define NT_SIGINFO 0x53494749
#endif
#endif // COMMON_LINUX_ELF_GNU_COMPAT_H_

58
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/elf_symbols_to_module.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
// -*- mode: c++ -*-
// Copyright (c) 2011 Google Inc. All Rights Reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
// Original author: Ted Mielczarek <ted.mielczarek@gmail.com>
// elf_symbols_to_module.h: Exposes ELFSymbolsToModule, a function
// for reading ELF symbol tables and inserting exported symbol names
// into a google_breakpad::Module as Extern definitions.
#ifndef BREAKPAD_COMMON_LINUX_ELF_SYMBOLS_TO_MODULE_H_
#define BREAKPAD_COMMON_LINUX_ELF_SYMBOLS_TO_MODULE_H_
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
namespace google_breakpad {
class Module;
bool ELFSymbolsToModule(const uint8_t *symtab_section,
size_t symtab_size,
const uint8_t *string_section,
size_t string_size,
const bool big_endian,
size_t value_size,
Module *module);
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // BREAKPAD_COMMON_LINUX_ELF_SYMBOLS_TO_MODULE_H_

74
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/elfutils-inl.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
// Copyright (c) 2012, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#ifndef COMMON_LINUX_ELFUTILS_INL_H__
#define COMMON_LINUX_ELFUTILS_INL_H__
#include "common/linux/linux_libc_support.h"
#include "elfutils.h"
namespace google_breakpad {
template<typename ElfClass, typename T>
const T* GetOffset(const typename ElfClass::Ehdr* elf_header,
typename ElfClass::Off offset) {
return reinterpret_cast<const T*>(reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(elf_header) +
offset);
}
template<typename ElfClass>
const typename ElfClass::Shdr* FindElfSectionByName(
const char* name,
typename ElfClass::Word section_type,
const typename ElfClass::Shdr* sections,
const char* section_names,
const char* names_end,
int nsection) {
assert(name != NULL);
assert(sections != NULL);
assert(nsection > 0);
int name_len = my_strlen(name);
if (name_len == 0)
return NULL;
for (int i = 0; i < nsection; ++i) {
const char* section_name = section_names + sections[i].sh_name;
if (sections[i].sh_type == section_type &&
names_end - section_name >= name_len + 1 &&
my_strcmp(name, section_name) == 0) {
return sections + i;
}
}
return NULL;
}
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // COMMON_LINUX_ELFUTILS_INL_H__

127
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/elfutils.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
// Copyright (c) 2012, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
// elfutils.h: Utilities for dealing with ELF files.
//
#ifndef COMMON_LINUX_ELFUTILS_H_
#define COMMON_LINUX_ELFUTILS_H_
#include <elf.h>
#include <link.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include "common/memory_allocator.h"
namespace google_breakpad {
// Traits classes so consumers can write templatized code to deal
// with specific ELF bits.
struct ElfClass32 {
typedef Elf32_Addr Addr;
typedef Elf32_Ehdr Ehdr;
typedef Elf32_Nhdr Nhdr;
typedef Elf32_Phdr Phdr;
typedef Elf32_Shdr Shdr;
typedef Elf32_Half Half;
typedef Elf32_Off Off;
typedef Elf32_Sym Sym;
typedef Elf32_Word Word;
static const int kClass = ELFCLASS32;
static const uint16_t kMachine = EM_386;
static const size_t kAddrSize = sizeof(Elf32_Addr);
static constexpr const char* kMachineName = "x86";
};
struct ElfClass64 {
typedef Elf64_Addr Addr;
typedef Elf64_Ehdr Ehdr;
typedef Elf64_Nhdr Nhdr;
typedef Elf64_Phdr Phdr;
typedef Elf64_Shdr Shdr;
typedef Elf64_Half Half;
typedef Elf64_Off Off;
typedef Elf64_Sym Sym;
typedef Elf64_Word Word;
static const int kClass = ELFCLASS64;
static const uint16_t kMachine = EM_X86_64;
static const size_t kAddrSize = sizeof(Elf64_Addr);
static constexpr const char* kMachineName = "x86_64";
};
bool IsValidElf(const void* elf_header);
int ElfClass(const void* elf_base);
// Attempt to find a section named |section_name| of type |section_type|
// in the ELF binary data at |elf_mapped_base|. On success, returns true
// and sets |*section_start| to point to the start of the section data,
// and |*section_size| to the size of the section's data.
bool FindElfSection(const void *elf_mapped_base,
const char *section_name,
uint32_t section_type,
const void **section_start,
size_t *section_size);
// Internal helper method, exposed for convenience for callers
// that already have more info.
template<typename ElfClass>
const typename ElfClass::Shdr*
FindElfSectionByName(const char* name,
typename ElfClass::Word section_type,
const typename ElfClass::Shdr* sections,
const char* section_names,
const char* names_end,
int nsection);
struct ElfSegment {
const void* start;
size_t size;
};
// Attempt to find all segments of type |segment_type| in the ELF
// binary data at |elf_mapped_base|. On success, returns true and fills
// |*segments| with a list of segments of the given type.
bool FindElfSegments(const void* elf_mapped_base,
uint32_t segment_type,
wasteful_vector<ElfSegment>* segments);
// Convert an offset from an Elf header into a pointer to the mapped
// address in the current process. Takes an extra template parameter
// to specify the return type to avoid having to dynamic_cast the
// result.
template<typename ElfClass, typename T>
const T*
GetOffset(const typename ElfClass::Ehdr* elf_header,
typename ElfClass::Off offset);
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // COMMON_LINUX_ELFUTILS_H_

88
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/file_id.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
// Copyright (c) 2006, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
// file_id.h: Return a unique identifier for a file
//
#ifndef COMMON_LINUX_FILE_ID_H__
#define COMMON_LINUX_FILE_ID_H__
#include <limits.h>
#include <string>
#include "common/linux/guid_creator.h"
#include "common/memory_allocator.h"
#include "common/using_std_string.h"
namespace google_breakpad {
// GNU binutils' ld defaults to 'sha1', which is 160 bits == 20 bytes,
// so this is enough to fit that, which most binaries will use.
// This is just a sensible default for auto_wasteful_vector so most
// callers can get away with stack allocation.
static const size_t kDefaultBuildIdSize = 20;
class FileID {
public:
explicit FileID(const char* path);
~FileID() {}
// Load the identifier for the elf file path specified in the constructor into
// |identifier|.
//
// The current implementation will look for a .note.gnu.build-id
// section and use that as the file id, otherwise it falls back to
// XORing the first 4096 bytes of the .text section to generate an identifier.
bool ElfFileIdentifier(wasteful_vector<uint8_t>& identifier);
// Load the identifier for the elf file mapped into memory at |base| into
// |identifier|. Return false if the identifier could not be created for this
// file.
static bool ElfFileIdentifierFromMappedFile(
const void* base,
wasteful_vector<uint8_t>& identifier);
// Convert the |identifier| data to a string. The string will
// be formatted as a UUID in all uppercase without dashes.
// (e.g., 22F065BBFC9C49F780FE26A7CEBD7BCE).
static string ConvertIdentifierToUUIDString(
const wasteful_vector<uint8_t>& identifier);
// Convert the entire |identifier| data to a hex string.
static string ConvertIdentifierToString(
const wasteful_vector<uint8_t>& identifier);
private:
// Storage for the path specified
string path_;
};
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // COMMON_LINUX_FILE_ID_H__

107
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/google_crashdump_uploader.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
// Copyright (c) 2009, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#ifndef COMMON_LINUX_GOOGLE_CRASHDUMP_UPLOADER_H_
#define COMMON_LINUX_GOOGLE_CRASHDUMP_UPLOADER_H_
#include <string>
#include <map>
#include "common/linux/libcurl_wrapper.h"
#include "common/scoped_ptr.h"
#include "common/using_std_string.h"
namespace google_breakpad {
class GoogleCrashdumpUploader {
public:
GoogleCrashdumpUploader(const string& product,
const string& version,
const string& guid,
const string& ptime,
const string& ctime,
const string& email,
const string& comments,
const string& minidump_pathname,
const string& crash_server,
const string& proxy_host,
const string& proxy_userpassword);
GoogleCrashdumpUploader(const string& product,
const string& version,
const string& guid,
const string& ptime,
const string& ctime,
const string& email,
const string& comments,
const string& minidump_pathname,
const string& crash_server,
const string& proxy_host,
const string& proxy_userpassword,
LibcurlWrapper* http_layer);
void Init(const string& product,
const string& version,
const string& guid,
const string& ptime,
const string& ctime,
const string& email,
const string& comments,
const string& minidump_pathname,
const string& crash_server,
const string& proxy_host,
const string& proxy_userpassword,
LibcurlWrapper* http_layer);
bool Upload(int* http_status_code,
string* http_response_header,
string* http_response_body);
private:
bool CheckRequiredParametersArePresent();
scoped_ptr<LibcurlWrapper> http_layer_;
string product_;
string version_;
string guid_;
string ptime_;
string ctime_;
string email_;
string comments_;
string minidump_pathname_;
string crash_server_;
string proxy_host_;
string proxy_userpassword_;
std::map<string, string> parameters_;
};
}
#endif // COMMON_LINUX_GOOGLE_CRASHDUMP_UPLOADER_H_

48
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/guid_creator.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
// Copyright (c) 2006, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#ifndef COMMON_LINUX_GUID_CREATOR_H__
#define COMMON_LINUX_GUID_CREATOR_H__
#include "google_breakpad/common/minidump_format.h"
typedef MDGUID GUID;
// Format string for parsing GUID.
#define kGUIDFormatString "%08x-%04x-%04x-%08x-%08x"
// Length of GUID string. Don't count the ending '\0'.
#define kGUIDStringLength 36
// Create a guid.
bool CreateGUID(GUID *guid);
// Get the string from guid.
bool GUIDToString(const GUID *guid, char *buf, int buf_len);
#endif

90
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/http_upload.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
// Copyright (c) 2006, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
// HTTPUpload provides a "nice" API to send a multipart HTTP(S) POST
// request using libcurl. It currently supports requests that contain
// a set of string parameters (key/value pairs), and a file to upload.
#ifndef COMMON_LINUX_HTTP_UPLOAD_H__
#define COMMON_LINUX_HTTP_UPLOAD_H__
#include <map>
#include <string>
#include "common/using_std_string.h"
namespace google_breakpad {
using std::map;
class HTTPUpload {
public:
// Sends the given sets of parameters and files as a multipart POST
// request to the given URL.
// Each key in |files| is the name of the file part of the request
// (i.e. it corresponds to the name= attribute on an <input type="file">.
// Parameter names must contain only printable ASCII characters,
// and may not contain a quote (") character.
// Only HTTP(S) URLs are currently supported. Returns true on success.
// If the request is successful and response_body is non-NULL,
// the response body will be returned in response_body.
// If response_code is non-NULL, it will be set to the HTTP response code
// received (or 0 if the request failed before getting an HTTP response).
// If the send fails, a description of the error will be
// returned in error_description.
static bool SendRequest(const string &url,
const map<string, string> &parameters,
const map<string, string> &files,
const string &proxy,
const string &proxy_user_pwd,
const string &ca_certificate_file,
string *response_body,
long *response_code,
string *error_description);
private:
// Checks that the given list of parameters has only printable
// ASCII characters in the parameter name, and does not contain
// any quote (") characters. Returns true if so.
static bool CheckParameters(const map<string, string> &parameters);
// Checks the curl_lib parameter points to a valid curl lib.
static bool CheckCurlLib(void* curl_lib);
// No instances of this class should be created.
// Disallow all constructors, destructors, and operator=.
HTTPUpload();
explicit HTTPUpload(const HTTPUpload &);
void operator=(const HTTPUpload &);
~HTTPUpload();
};
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // COMMON_LINUX_HTTP_UPLOAD_H__

40
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/ignore_ret.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
// Copyright (c) 2012 Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#ifndef COMMON_LINUX_IGNORE_RET_H_
#define COMMON_LINUX_IGNORE_RET_H_
// Some compilers are prone to warn about unused return values. In cases where
// either a) the call cannot fail, or b) there is nothing that can be done when
// the call fails, IGNORE_RET() can be used to mark the return code as ignored.
// This avoids spurious compiler warnings.
#define IGNORE_RET(x) do { if (x) {} } while (0)
#endif // COMMON_LINUX_IGNORE_RET_H_

93
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/libcurl_wrapper.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
// Copyright (c) 2009, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
// A wrapper for libcurl to do HTTP Uploads, to support easy mocking
// and unit testing of the HTTPUpload class.
#ifndef COMMON_LINUX_LIBCURL_WRAPPER_H_
#define COMMON_LINUX_LIBCURL_WRAPPER_H_
#include <string>
#include <map>
#include "common/using_std_string.h"
#include "third_party/curl/curl.h"
namespace google_breakpad {
class LibcurlWrapper {
public:
LibcurlWrapper();
virtual ~LibcurlWrapper();
virtual bool Init();
virtual bool SetProxy(const string& proxy_host,
const string& proxy_userpwd);
virtual bool AddFile(const string& upload_file_path,
const string& basename);
virtual bool SendRequest(const string& url,
const std::map<string, string>& parameters,
int* http_status_code,
string* http_header_data,
string* http_response_data);
private:
// This function initializes class state corresponding to function
// pointers into the CURL library.
bool SetFunctionPointers();
bool init_ok_; // Whether init succeeded
void* curl_lib_; // Pointer to result of dlopen() on
// curl library
string last_curl_error_; // The text of the last error when
// dealing
// with CURL.
CURL *curl_; // Pointer for handle for CURL calls.
CURL* (*easy_init_)(void);
// Stateful pointers for calling into curl_formadd()
struct curl_httppost *formpost_;
struct curl_httppost *lastptr_;
struct curl_slist *headerlist_;
// Function pointers into CURL library
CURLcode (*easy_setopt_)(CURL *, CURLoption, ...);
CURLFORMcode (*formadd_)(struct curl_httppost **,
struct curl_httppost **, ...);
struct curl_slist* (*slist_append_)(struct curl_slist *, const char *);
void (*slist_free_all_)(struct curl_slist *);
CURLcode (*easy_perform_)(CURL *);
const char* (*easy_strerror_)(CURLcode);
void (*easy_cleanup_)(CURL *);
CURLcode (*easy_getinfo_)(CURL *, CURLINFO info, ...);
void (*formfree_)(struct curl_httppost *);
};
}
#endif // COMMON_LINUX_LIBCURL_WRAPPER_H_

96
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/linux_libc_support.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
// Copyright (c) 2009, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
// This header provides replacements for libc functions that we need. We if
// call the libc functions directly we risk crashing in the dynamic linker as
// it tries to resolve uncached PLT entries.
#ifndef CLIENT_LINUX_LINUX_LIBC_SUPPORT_H_
#define CLIENT_LINUX_LINUX_LIBC_SUPPORT_H_
#include <stdint.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
extern "C" {
extern size_t my_strlen(const char* s);
extern int my_strcmp(const char* a, const char* b);
extern int my_strncmp(const char* a, const char* b, size_t len);
// Parse a non-negative integer.
// result: (output) the resulting non-negative integer
// s: a NUL terminated string
// Return true iff successful.
extern bool my_strtoui(int* result, const char* s);
// Return the length of the given unsigned integer when expressed in base 10.
extern unsigned my_uint_len(uintmax_t i);
// Convert an unsigned integer to a string
// output: (output) the resulting string is written here. This buffer must be
// large enough to hold the resulting string. Call |my_uint_len| to get the
// required length.
// i: the unsigned integer to serialise.
// i_len: the length of the integer in base 10 (see |my_uint_len|).
extern void my_uitos(char* output, uintmax_t i, unsigned i_len);
extern const char* my_strchr(const char* haystack, char needle);
extern const char* my_strrchr(const char* haystack, char needle);
// Read a hex value
// result: (output) the resulting value
// s: a string
// Returns a pointer to the first invalid charactor.
extern const char* my_read_hex_ptr(uintptr_t* result, const char* s);
extern const char* my_read_decimal_ptr(uintptr_t* result, const char* s);
extern void my_memset(void* ip, char c, size_t len);
extern void* my_memchr(const void* src, int c, size_t len);
// The following are considered safe to use in a compromised environment.
// Besides, this gives the compiler an opportunity to optimize their calls.
#define my_memcpy memcpy
#define my_memmove memmove
#define my_memcmp memcmp
extern size_t my_strlcpy(char* s1, const char* s2, size_t len);
extern size_t my_strlcat(char* s1, const char* s2, size_t len);
extern int my_isspace(int ch);
} // extern "C"
#endif // CLIENT_LINUX_LINUX_LIBC_SUPPORT_H_

87
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/memory_mapped_file.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
// Copyright (c) 2011, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
// memory_mapped_file.h: Define the google_breakpad::MemoryMappedFile
// class, which maps a file into memory for read-only access.
#ifndef COMMON_LINUX_MEMORY_MAPPED_FILE_H_
#define COMMON_LINUX_MEMORY_MAPPED_FILE_H_
#include <stddef.h>
#include "common/basictypes.h"
#include "common/memory_range.h"
namespace google_breakpad {
// A utility class for mapping a file into memory for read-only access of
// the file content. Its implementation avoids calling into libc functions
// by directly making system calls for open, close, mmap, and munmap.
class MemoryMappedFile {
public:
MemoryMappedFile();
// Constructor that calls Map() to map a file at |path| into memory.
// If Map() fails, the object behaves as if it is default constructed.
MemoryMappedFile(const char* path, size_t offset);
~MemoryMappedFile();
// Maps a file at |path| into memory, which can then be accessed via
// content() as a MemoryRange object or via data(), and returns true on
// success. Mapping an empty file will succeed but with data() and size()
// returning NULL and 0, respectively. An existing mapping is unmapped
// before a new mapping is created.
bool Map(const char* path, size_t offset);
// Unmaps the memory for the mapped file. It's a no-op if no file is
// mapped.
void Unmap();
// Returns a MemoryRange object that covers the memory for the mapped
// file. The MemoryRange object is empty if no file is mapped.
const MemoryRange& content() const { return content_; }
// Returns a pointer to the beginning of the memory for the mapped file.
// or NULL if no file is mapped or the mapped file is empty.
const void* data() const { return content_.data(); }
// Returns the size in bytes of the mapped file, or zero if no file
// is mapped.
size_t size() const { return content_.length(); }
private:
// Mapped file content as a MemoryRange object.
MemoryRange content_;
DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(MemoryMappedFile);
};
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // COMMON_LINUX_MEMORY_MAPPED_FILE_H_

65
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/safe_readlink.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
// Copyright (c) 2011, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
// safe_readlink.h: Define the google_breakpad::SafeReadLink function,
// which wraps sys_readlink and gurantees the result is NULL-terminated.
#ifndef COMMON_LINUX_SAFE_READLINK_H_
#define COMMON_LINUX_SAFE_READLINK_H_
#include <stddef.h>
namespace google_breakpad {
// This function wraps sys_readlink() and performs the same functionalty,
// but guarantees |buffer| is NULL-terminated if sys_readlink() returns
// no error. It takes the same arguments as sys_readlink(), but unlike
// sys_readlink(), it returns true on success.
//
// |buffer_size| specifies the size of |buffer| in bytes. As this function
// always NULL-terminates |buffer| on success, |buffer_size| should be
// at least one byte longer than the expected path length (e.g. PATH_MAX,
// which is typically defined as the maximum length of a path name
// including the NULL byte).
//
// The implementation of this function calls sys_readlink() instead of
// readlink(), it can thus be used in the context where calling to libc
// functions is discouraged.
bool SafeReadLink(const char* path, char* buffer, size_t buffer_size);
// Same as the three-argument version of SafeReadLink() but deduces the
// size of |buffer| if it is a char array of known size.
template <size_t N>
bool SafeReadLink(const char* path, char (&buffer)[N]) {
return SafeReadLink(path, buffer, sizeof(buffer));
}
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // COMMON_LINUX_SAFE_READLINK_H_

59
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/symbol_upload.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
// -*- mode: c++ -*-
// Copyright (c) 2011 Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
// symbol_upload.h: helper functions for linux symbol upload tool.
#ifndef COMMON_LINUX_SYMBOL_UPLOAD_H_
#define COMMON_LINUX_SYMBOL_UPLOAD_H_
#include <string>
#include "common/using_std_string.h"
namespace google_breakpad {
namespace sym_upload {
typedef struct {
string symbolsPath;
string uploadURLStr;
string proxy;
string proxy_user_pwd;
string version;
bool success;
} Options;
// Starts upload to symbol server with options.
void Start(Options* options);
} // namespace sym_upload
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // COMMON_LINUX_SYMBOL_UPLOAD_H_

197
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/synth_elf.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
// -*- mode: C++ -*-
// Copyright (c) 2011, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
// Original author: Ted Mielczarek <ted.mielczarek@gmail.com>
// synth_elf.h: Interface to synth_elf::ELF: fake ELF generator.
#ifndef COMMON_LINUX_SYNTH_ELF_H_
#define COMMON_LINUX_SYNTH_ELF_H_
#include "common/test_assembler.h"
#include <list>
#include <vector>
#include <map>
#include <string>
#include <utility>
#include "common/using_std_string.h"
namespace google_breakpad {
namespace synth_elf {
using std::list;
using std::vector;
using std::map;
using std::pair;
using test_assembler::Endianness;
using test_assembler::kLittleEndian;
using test_assembler::kUnsetEndian;
using test_assembler::Label;
using test_assembler::Section;
// String tables are common in ELF headers, so subclass Section
// to make them easy to generate.
class StringTable : public Section {
public:
StringTable(Endianness endianness = kUnsetEndian)
: Section(endianness) {
start() = 0;
empty_string = Add("");
}
// Add the string s to the string table, and return
// a label containing the offset into the string table
// at which it was added.
Label Add(const string& s) {
if (strings_.find(s) != strings_.end())
return strings_[s];
Label string_label(Here());
AppendCString(s);
strings_[s] = string_label;
return string_label;
}
// All StringTables contain an empty string as their first
// entry.
Label empty_string;
// Avoid inserting duplicate strings.
map<string,Label> strings_;
};
// A Section representing an entire ELF file.
class ELF : public Section {
public:
ELF(uint16_t machine, // EM_386, etc
uint8_t file_class, // ELFCLASS{32,64}
Endianness endianness = kLittleEndian);
// Add the Section section to the section header table and append it
// to the file. Returns the index of the section in the section
// header table.
int AddSection(const string& name, const Section& section,
uint32_t type, uint32_t flags = 0, uint64_t addr = 0,
uint32_t link = 0, uint64_t entsize = 0, uint64_t offset = 0);
// Add a segment containing from section index start to section index end.
// The indexes must have been gotten from AddSection.
void AddSegment(int start, int end, uint32_t type, uint32_t flags = 0);
// Write out all data. GetContents may be used after this.
void Finish();
private:
// Size of an address, in bytes.
const size_t addr_size_;
// Offset to the program header table.
Label program_header_label_;
// Number of entries in the program header table.
int program_count_;
Label program_count_label_;
// The program header table itself.
Section program_header_table_;
// Offset to the section header table.
Label section_header_label_;
// Number of entries in the section header table.
int section_count_;
Label section_count_label_;
// The section header table itself.
Section section_header_table_;
// Index of the section header string table in the section
// header table.
Label section_header_string_index_;
// Section containing the names of section header table entries.
StringTable section_header_strings_;
// Record of an added section
struct ElfSection : public Section {
ElfSection(const Section& section, uint32_t type, uint32_t addr,
uint32_t offset, Label offset_label, uint32_t size)
: Section(section), type_(type), addr_(addr), offset_(offset)
, offset_label_(offset_label), size_(size) {
}
uint32_t type_;
uint32_t addr_;
uint32_t offset_;
Label offset_label_;
uint32_t size_;
};
vector<ElfSection> sections_;
void AppendSection(ElfSection &section);
};
// A class to build .symtab or .dynsym sections.
class SymbolTable : public Section {
public:
// table is the StringTable that contains symbol names. The caller
// must ensure that it remains alive for the life of the
// SymbolTable.
SymbolTable(Endianness endianness, size_t addr_size, StringTable& table);
// Add an Elf32_Sym.
void AddSymbol(const string& name, uint32_t value,
uint32_t size, unsigned info, uint16_t shndx);
// Add an Elf64_Sym.
void AddSymbol(const string& name, uint64_t value,
uint64_t size, unsigned info, uint16_t shndx);
private:
#ifndef NDEBUG
size_t addr_size_;
#endif
StringTable& table_;
};
// A class for note sections
class Notes : public Section {
public:
Notes(Endianness endianness)
: Section(endianness) {
}
// Add a note.
void AddNote(int type, const string &name, const uint8_t* desc_bytes,
size_t desc_size);
};
} // namespace synth_elf
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // COMMON_LINUX_SYNTH_ELF_H_

87
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/long_string_dictionary.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
// Copyright (c) 2017, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#ifndef COMMON_LONG_STRING_DICTIONARY_H_
#define COMMON_LONG_STRING_DICTIONARY_H_
#include <string>
#include "common/simple_string_dictionary.h"
namespace google_breakpad {
// key_size is the maxium size that |key| can take in
// SimpleStringDictionary which is defined in simple_string_dictionary.h.
//
// value_size is the maxium size that |value| can take in
// SimpleStringDictionary which is defined in simple_string_dictionary.h.
//
// LongStringDictionary is a subclass of SimpleStringDictionary which supports
// longer values to be stored in the dictionary. The maximum length supported is
// (value_size - 1) * 10.
//
// For example, LongStringDictionary will store long value with key 'abc' into
// segment values with segment keys 'abc__1', 'abc__2', 'abc__3', ...
//
// Clients must avoid using the same suffixes as their key's suffix when
// LongStringDictionary is used.
class LongStringDictionary : public SimpleStringDictionary {
public:
// Stores |value| into |key|, or segment values into segment keys. The maxium
// number of segments is 10. If |value| can not be stored in 10 segments, it
// will be truncated. Replacing the existing value if |key| is already present
// and replacing the existing segment values if segment keys are already
// present.
//
// |key| must not be NULL. If the |value| need to be divided into segments,
// the lengh of |key| must be smaller enough so that lengths of segment keys
// which are key with suffixes are all samller than (key_size - 1). Currently,
// the max length of suffixes are 4.
//
// If |value| is NULL, the key and its corresponding segment keys are removed
// from the map. If there is no more space in the map, then the operation
// silently fails.
void SetKeyValue(const char* key, const char* value);
// Given |key|, removes any associated value or associated segment values.
// |key| must not be NULL. If the key is not found, searchs its segment keys
// and removes corresponding segment values if found.
bool RemoveKey(const char* key);
// Given |key|, returns its corresponding |value|. |key| must not be NULL. If
// the key is found, its corresponding |value| is returned.
//
// If no corresponding |value| is found, segment keys of the given |key| will
// be used to search for corresponding segment values. If segment values
// exist, assembled value from them is returned. If no segment value exists,
// NULL is returned.
const std::string GetValueForKey(const char* key) const;
};
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // COMMON_LONG_STRING_DICTIONARY_H_

27
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/md5.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
// Copyright 2007 Google Inc. All Rights Reserved.
// Author: liuli@google.com (Liu Li)
#ifndef COMMON_MD5_H__
#define COMMON_MD5_H__
#include <stdint.h>
namespace google_breakpad {
typedef uint32_t u32;
typedef uint8_t u8;
struct MD5Context {
u32 buf[4];
u32 bits[2];
u8 in[64];
};
void MD5Init(struct MD5Context *ctx);
void MD5Update(struct MD5Context *ctx, unsigned char const *buf, size_t len);
void MD5Final(unsigned char digest[16], struct MD5Context *ctx);
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // COMMON_MD5_H__

249
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/memory_allocator.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,249 @@
// Copyright (c) 2009, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#ifndef GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MEMORY_ALLOCATOR_H_
#define GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MEMORY_ALLOCATOR_H_
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <sys/mman.h>
#include <memory>
#include <vector>
#if defined(MEMORY_SANITIZER)
#include <sanitizer/msan_interface.h>
#endif
#ifdef __APPLE__
#define sys_mmap mmap
#define sys_munmap munmap
#define MAP_ANONYMOUS MAP_ANON
#else
#include "third_party/lss/linux_syscall_support.h"
#endif
namespace google_breakpad {
// This is very simple allocator which fetches pages from the kernel directly.
// Thus, it can be used even when the heap may be corrupted.
//
// There is no free operation. The pages are only freed when the object is
// destroyed.
class PageAllocator {
public:
PageAllocator()
: page_size_(getpagesize()),
last_(NULL),
current_page_(NULL),
page_offset_(0),
pages_allocated_(0) {
}
~PageAllocator() {
FreeAll();
}
void *Alloc(size_t bytes) {
if (!bytes)
return NULL;
if (current_page_ && page_size_ - page_offset_ >= bytes) {
uint8_t *const ret = current_page_ + page_offset_;
page_offset_ += bytes;
if (page_offset_ == page_size_) {
page_offset_ = 0;
current_page_ = NULL;
}
return ret;
}
const size_t pages =
(bytes + sizeof(PageHeader) + page_size_ - 1) / page_size_;
uint8_t *const ret = GetNPages(pages);
if (!ret)
return NULL;
page_offset_ =
(page_size_ - (page_size_ * pages - (bytes + sizeof(PageHeader)))) %
page_size_;
current_page_ = page_offset_ ? ret + page_size_ * (pages - 1) : NULL;
return ret + sizeof(PageHeader);
}
// Checks whether the page allocator owns the passed-in pointer.
// This method exists for testing pursposes only.
bool OwnsPointer(const void* p) {
for (PageHeader* header = last_; header; header = header->next) {
const char* current = reinterpret_cast<char*>(header);
if ((p >= current) && (p < current + header->num_pages * page_size_))
return true;
}
return false;
}
unsigned long pages_allocated() { return pages_allocated_; }
private:
uint8_t *GetNPages(size_t num_pages) {
void *a = sys_mmap(NULL, page_size_ * num_pages, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE,
MAP_PRIVATE | MAP_ANONYMOUS, -1, 0);
if (a == MAP_FAILED)
return NULL;
#if defined(MEMORY_SANITIZER)
// We need to indicate to MSan that memory allocated through sys_mmap is
// initialized, since linux_syscall_support.h doesn't have MSan hooks.
__msan_unpoison(a, page_size_ * num_pages);
#endif
struct PageHeader *header = reinterpret_cast<PageHeader*>(a);
header->next = last_;
header->num_pages = num_pages;
last_ = header;
pages_allocated_ += num_pages;
return reinterpret_cast<uint8_t*>(a);
}
void FreeAll() {
PageHeader *next;
for (PageHeader *cur = last_; cur; cur = next) {
next = cur->next;
sys_munmap(cur, cur->num_pages * page_size_);
}
}
struct PageHeader {
PageHeader *next; // pointer to the start of the next set of pages.
size_t num_pages; // the number of pages in this set.
};
const size_t page_size_;
PageHeader *last_;
uint8_t *current_page_;
size_t page_offset_;
unsigned long pages_allocated_;
};
// Wrapper to use with STL containers
template <typename T>
struct PageStdAllocator : public std::allocator<T> {
typedef typename std::allocator<T>::pointer pointer;
typedef typename std::allocator<T>::size_type size_type;
explicit PageStdAllocator(PageAllocator& allocator) : allocator_(allocator),
stackdata_(NULL),
stackdata_size_(0)
{}
template <class Other> PageStdAllocator(const PageStdAllocator<Other>& other)
: allocator_(other.allocator_),
stackdata_(nullptr),
stackdata_size_(0)
{}
explicit PageStdAllocator(PageAllocator& allocator,
pointer stackdata,
size_type stackdata_size) : allocator_(allocator),
stackdata_(stackdata),
stackdata_size_(stackdata_size)
{}
inline pointer allocate(size_type n, const void* = 0) {
const size_type size = sizeof(T) * n;
if (size <= stackdata_size_) {
return stackdata_;
}
return static_cast<pointer>(allocator_.Alloc(size));
}
inline void deallocate(pointer, size_type) {
// The PageAllocator doesn't free.
}
template <typename U> struct rebind {
typedef PageStdAllocator<U> other;
};
private:
// Silly workaround for the gcc from Android's ndk (gcc 4.6), which will
// otherwise complain that `other.allocator_` is private in the constructor
// code.
template<typename Other> friend struct PageStdAllocator;
PageAllocator& allocator_;
pointer stackdata_;
size_type stackdata_size_;
};
// A wasteful vector is a std::vector, except that it allocates memory from a
// PageAllocator. It's wasteful because, when resizing, it always allocates a
// whole new array since the PageAllocator doesn't support realloc.
template<class T>
class wasteful_vector : public std::vector<T, PageStdAllocator<T> > {
public:
wasteful_vector(PageAllocator* allocator, unsigned size_hint = 16)
: std::vector<T, PageStdAllocator<T> >(PageStdAllocator<T>(*allocator)) {
std::vector<T, PageStdAllocator<T> >::reserve(size_hint);
}
protected:
wasteful_vector(PageStdAllocator<T> allocator)
: std::vector<T, PageStdAllocator<T> >(allocator) {}
};
// auto_wasteful_vector allocates space on the stack for N entries to avoid
// using the PageAllocator for small data, while still allowing for larger data.
template<class T, unsigned int N>
class auto_wasteful_vector : public wasteful_vector<T> {
T stackdata_[N];
public:
auto_wasteful_vector(PageAllocator* allocator)
: wasteful_vector<T>(
PageStdAllocator<T>(*allocator,
&stackdata_[0],
sizeof(stackdata_))) {
std::vector<T, PageStdAllocator<T> >::reserve(N);
}
};
} // namespace google_breakpad
inline void* operator new(size_t nbytes,
google_breakpad::PageAllocator& allocator) {
return allocator.Alloc(nbytes);
}
#endif // GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MEMORY_ALLOCATOR_H_

145
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/memory_range.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
// Copyright (c) 2011, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
// memory_range.h: Define the google_breakpad::MemoryRange class, which
// is a lightweight wrapper with a pointer and a length to encapsulate
// a contiguous range of memory.
#ifndef COMMON_MEMORY_RANGE_H_
#define COMMON_MEMORY_RANGE_H_
#include <stddef.h>
#include "google_breakpad/common/breakpad_types.h"
namespace google_breakpad {
// A lightweight wrapper with a pointer and a length to encapsulate a
// contiguous range of memory. It provides helper methods for checked
// access of a subrange of the memory. Its implemementation does not
// allocate memory or call into libc functions, and is thus safer to use
// in a crashed environment.
class MemoryRange {
public:
MemoryRange() : data_(NULL), length_(0) {}
MemoryRange(const void* data, size_t length) {
Set(data, length);
}
// Returns true if this memory range contains no data.
bool IsEmpty() const {
// Set() guarantees that |length_| is zero if |data_| is NULL.
return length_ == 0;
}
// Resets to an empty range.
void Reset() {
data_ = NULL;
length_ = 0;
}
// Sets this memory range to point to |data| and its length to |length|.
void Set(const void* data, size_t length) {
data_ = reinterpret_cast<const uint8_t*>(data);
// Always set |length_| to zero if |data_| is NULL.
length_ = data ? length : 0;
}
// Returns true if this range covers a subrange of |sub_length| bytes
// at |sub_offset| bytes of this memory range, or false otherwise.
bool Covers(size_t sub_offset, size_t sub_length) const {
// The following checks verify that:
// 1. sub_offset is within [ 0 .. length_ - 1 ]
// 2. sub_offset + sub_length is within
// [ sub_offset .. length_ ]
return sub_offset < length_ &&
sub_offset + sub_length >= sub_offset &&
sub_offset + sub_length <= length_;
}
// Returns a raw data pointer to a subrange of |sub_length| bytes at
// |sub_offset| bytes of this memory range, or NULL if the subrange
// is out of bounds.
const void* GetData(size_t sub_offset, size_t sub_length) const {
return Covers(sub_offset, sub_length) ? (data_ + sub_offset) : NULL;
}
// Same as the two-argument version of GetData() but uses sizeof(DataType)
// as the subrange length and returns an |DataType| pointer for convenience.
template <typename DataType>
const DataType* GetData(size_t sub_offset) const {
return reinterpret_cast<const DataType*>(
GetData(sub_offset, sizeof(DataType)));
}
// Returns a raw pointer to the |element_index|-th element of an array
// of elements of length |element_size| starting at |sub_offset| bytes
// of this memory range, or NULL if the element is out of bounds.
const void* GetArrayElement(size_t element_offset,
size_t element_size,
unsigned element_index) const {
size_t sub_offset = element_offset + element_index * element_size;
return GetData(sub_offset, element_size);
}
// Same as the three-argument version of GetArrayElement() but deduces
// the element size using sizeof(ElementType) and returns an |ElementType|
// pointer for convenience.
template <typename ElementType>
const ElementType* GetArrayElement(size_t element_offset,
unsigned element_index) const {
return reinterpret_cast<const ElementType*>(
GetArrayElement(element_offset, sizeof(ElementType), element_index));
}
// Returns a subrange of |sub_length| bytes at |sub_offset| bytes of
// this memory range, or an empty range if the subrange is out of bounds.
MemoryRange Subrange(size_t sub_offset, size_t sub_length) const {
return Covers(sub_offset, sub_length) ?
MemoryRange(data_ + sub_offset, sub_length) : MemoryRange();
}
// Returns a pointer to the beginning of this memory range.
const uint8_t* data() const { return data_; }
// Returns the length, in bytes, of this memory range.
size_t length() const { return length_; }
private:
// Pointer to the beginning of this memory range.
const uint8_t* data_;
// Length, in bytes, of this memory range.
size_t length_;
};
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // COMMON_MEMORY_RANGE_H_

56
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/minidump_type_helper.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
// Copyright (c) 2014, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#ifndef GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_TYPE_HELPER_H_
#define GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_TYPE_HELPER_H_
#include <stdint.h>
#include "google_breakpad/common/minidump_format.h"
namespace google_breakpad {
template <size_t>
struct MDTypeHelper;
template <>
struct MDTypeHelper<sizeof(uint32_t)> {
typedef MDRawDebug32 MDRawDebug;
typedef MDRawLinkMap32 MDRawLinkMap;
};
template <>
struct MDTypeHelper<sizeof(uint64_t)> {
typedef MDRawDebug64 MDRawDebug;
typedef MDRawLinkMap64 MDRawLinkMap;
};
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_TYPE_HELPER_H_

346
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/module.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,346 @@
// -*- mode: c++ -*-
// Copyright (c) 2010 Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
// Original author: Jim Blandy <jimb@mozilla.com> <jimb@red-bean.com>
// module.h: Define google_breakpad::Module. A Module holds debugging
// information, and can write that information out as a Breakpad
// symbol file.
#ifndef COMMON_LINUX_MODULE_H__
#define COMMON_LINUX_MODULE_H__
#include <iostream>
#include <map>
#include <set>
#include <string>
#include <vector>
#include "common/symbol_data.h"
#include "common/using_std_string.h"
#include "google_breakpad/common/breakpad_types.h"
namespace google_breakpad {
using std::set;
using std::vector;
using std::map;
// A Module represents the contents of a module, and supports methods
// for adding information produced by parsing STABS or DWARF data
// --- possibly both from the same file --- and then writing out the
// unified contents as a Breakpad-format symbol file.
class Module {
public:
// The type of addresses and sizes in a symbol table.
typedef uint64_t Address;
struct File;
struct Function;
struct Line;
struct Extern;
// Addresses appearing in File, Function, and Line structures are
// absolute, not relative to the the module's load address. That
// is, if the module were loaded at its nominal load address, the
// addresses would be correct.
// A source file.
struct File {
explicit File(const string &name_input) : name(name_input), source_id(0) {}
// The name of the source file.
const string name;
// The file's source id. The Write member function clears this
// field and assigns source ids a fresh, so any value placed here
// before calling Write will be lost.
int source_id;
};
// An address range.
struct Range {
Range(const Address address_input, const Address size_input) :
address(address_input), size(size_input) { }
Address address;
Address size;
};
// A function.
struct Function {
Function(const string &name_input, const Address &address_input) :
name(name_input), address(address_input), parameter_size(0) {}
// For sorting by address. (Not style-guide compliant, but it's
// stupid not to put this in the struct.)
static bool CompareByAddress(const Function *x, const Function *y) {
return x->address < y->address;
}
// The function's name.
const string name;
// The start address and the address ranges covered by the function.
const Address address;
vector<Range> ranges;
// The function's parameter size.
Address parameter_size;
// Source lines belonging to this function, sorted by increasing
// address.
vector<Line> lines;
};
// A source line.
struct Line {
// For sorting by address. (Not style-guide compliant, but it's
// stupid not to put this in the struct.)
static bool CompareByAddress(const Module::Line &x, const Module::Line &y) {
return x.address < y.address;
}
Address address, size; // The address and size of the line's code.
File *file; // The source file.
int number; // The source line number.
};
// An exported symbol.
struct Extern {
explicit Extern(const Address &address_input) : address(address_input) {}
const Address address;
string name;
};
// A map from register names to postfix expressions that recover
// their their values. This can represent a complete set of rules to
// follow at some address, or a set of changes to be applied to an
// extant set of rules.
typedef map<string, string> RuleMap;
// A map from addresses to RuleMaps, representing changes that take
// effect at given addresses.
typedef map<Address, RuleMap> RuleChangeMap;
// A range of 'STACK CFI' stack walking information. An instance of
// this structure corresponds to a 'STACK CFI INIT' record and the
// subsequent 'STACK CFI' records that fall within its range.
struct StackFrameEntry {
// The starting address and number of bytes of machine code this
// entry covers.
Address address, size;
// The initial register recovery rules, in force at the starting
// address.
RuleMap initial_rules;
// A map from addresses to rule changes. To find the rules in
// force at a given address, start with initial_rules, and then
// apply the changes given in this map for all addresses up to and
// including the address you're interested in.
RuleChangeMap rule_changes;
};
struct FunctionCompare {
bool operator() (const Function *lhs,
const Function *rhs) const {
if (lhs->address == rhs->address)
return lhs->name < rhs->name;
return lhs->address < rhs->address;
}
};
struct ExternCompare {
bool operator() (const Extern *lhs,
const Extern *rhs) const {
return lhs->address < rhs->address;
}
};
// Create a new module with the given name, operating system,
// architecture, and ID string.
Module(const string &name, const string &os, const string &architecture,
const string &id, const string &code_id = "");
~Module();
// Set the module's load address to LOAD_ADDRESS; addresses given
// for functions and lines will be written to the Breakpad symbol
// file as offsets from this address. Construction initializes this
// module's load address to zero: addresses written to the symbol
// file will be the same as they appear in the Function, Line, and
// StackFrameEntry structures.
//
// Note that this member function has no effect on addresses stored
// in the data added to this module; the Write member function
// simply subtracts off the load address from addresses before it
// prints them. Only the last load address given before calling
// Write is used.
void SetLoadAddress(Address load_address);
// Add FUNCTION to the module. FUNCTION's name must not be empty.
// This module owns all Function objects added with this function:
// destroying the module destroys them as well.
void AddFunction(Function *function);
// Add all the functions in [BEGIN,END) to the module.
// This module owns all Function objects added with this function:
// destroying the module destroys them as well.
void AddFunctions(vector<Function *>::iterator begin,
vector<Function *>::iterator end);
// Add STACK_FRAME_ENTRY to the module.
// This module owns all StackFrameEntry objects added with this
// function: destroying the module destroys them as well.
void AddStackFrameEntry(StackFrameEntry *stack_frame_entry);
// Add PUBLIC to the module.
// This module owns all Extern objects added with this function:
// destroying the module destroys them as well.
void AddExtern(Extern *ext);
// If this module has a file named NAME, return a pointer to it. If
// it has none, then create one and return a pointer to the new
// file. This module owns all File objects created using these
// functions; destroying the module destroys them as well.
File *FindFile(const string &name);
File *FindFile(const char *name);
// If this module has a file named NAME, return a pointer to it.
// Otherwise, return NULL.
File *FindExistingFile(const string &name);
// Insert pointers to the functions added to this module at I in
// VEC. The pointed-to Functions are still owned by this module.
// (Since this is effectively a copy of the function list, this is
// mostly useful for testing; other uses should probably get a more
// appropriate interface.)
void GetFunctions(vector<Function *> *vec, vector<Function *>::iterator i);
// Insert pointers to the externs added to this module at I in
// VEC. The pointed-to Externs are still owned by this module.
// (Since this is effectively a copy of the extern list, this is
// mostly useful for testing; other uses should probably get a more
// appropriate interface.)
void GetExterns(vector<Extern *> *vec, vector<Extern *>::iterator i);
// Clear VEC and fill it with pointers to the Files added to this
// module, sorted by name. The pointed-to Files are still owned by
// this module. (Since this is effectively a copy of the file list,
// this is mostly useful for testing; other uses should probably get
// a more appropriate interface.)
void GetFiles(vector<File *> *vec);
// Clear VEC and fill it with pointers to the StackFrameEntry
// objects that have been added to this module. (Since this is
// effectively a copy of the stack frame entry list, this is mostly
// useful for testing; other uses should probably get
// a more appropriate interface.)
void GetStackFrameEntries(vector<StackFrameEntry *> *vec) const;
// Find those files in this module that are actually referred to by
// functions' line number data, and assign them source id numbers.
// Set the source id numbers for all other files --- unused by the
// source line data --- to -1. We do this before writing out the
// symbol file, at which point we omit any unused files.
void AssignSourceIds();
// Call AssignSourceIds, and write this module to STREAM in the
// breakpad symbol format. Return true if all goes well, or false if
// an error occurs. This method writes out:
// - a header based on the values given to the constructor,
// If symbol_data is not ONLY_CFI then:
// - the source files added via FindFile,
// - the functions added via AddFunctions, each with its lines,
// - all public records,
// If symbol_data is not NO_CFI then:
// - all CFI records.
// Addresses in the output are all relative to the load address
// established by SetLoadAddress.
bool Write(std::ostream &stream, SymbolData symbol_data);
string name() const { return name_; }
string os() const { return os_; }
string architecture() const { return architecture_; }
string identifier() const { return id_; }
string code_identifier() const { return code_id_; }
private:
// Report an error that has occurred writing the symbol file, using
// errno to find the appropriate cause. Return false.
static bool ReportError();
// Write RULE_MAP to STREAM, in the form appropriate for 'STACK CFI'
// records, without a final newline. Return true if all goes well;
// if an error occurs, return false, and leave errno set.
static bool WriteRuleMap(const RuleMap &rule_map, std::ostream &stream);
// Module header entries.
string name_, os_, architecture_, id_, code_id_;
// The module's nominal load address. Addresses for functions and
// lines are absolute, assuming the module is loaded at this
// address.
Address load_address_;
// Relation for maps whose keys are strings shared with some other
// structure.
struct CompareStringPtrs {
bool operator()(const string *x, const string *y) const { return *x < *y; }
};
// A map from filenames to File structures. The map's keys are
// pointers to the Files' names.
typedef map<const string *, File *, CompareStringPtrs> FileByNameMap;
// A set containing Function structures, sorted by address.
typedef set<Function *, FunctionCompare> FunctionSet;
// A set containing Extern structures, sorted by address.
typedef set<Extern *, ExternCompare> ExternSet;
// The module owns all the files and functions that have been added
// to it; destroying the module frees the Files and Functions these
// point to.
FileByNameMap files_; // This module's source files.
FunctionSet functions_; // This module's functions.
// The module owns all the call frame info entries that have been
// added to it.
vector<StackFrameEntry *> stack_frame_entries_;
// The module owns all the externs that have been added to it;
// destroying the module frees the Externs these point to.
ExternSet externs_;
};
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // COMMON_LINUX_MODULE_H__

44
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/path_helper.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
// Copyright 2017, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#ifndef GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_PATH_HELPER_H
#define GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_PATH_HELPER_H
#include <string>
#include "common/using_std_string.h"
namespace google_breakpad {
string BaseName(const string& path);
string DirName(const string& path);
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_PATH_HELPER_H

404
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/scoped_ptr.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,404 @@
// Copyright 2013 Google Inc. All Rights Reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
// Scopers help you manage ownership of a pointer, helping you easily manage the
// a pointer within a scope, and automatically destroying the pointer at the
// end of a scope. There are two main classes you will use, which correspond
// to the operators new/delete and new[]/delete[].
//
// Example usage (scoped_ptr):
// {
// scoped_ptr<Foo> foo(new Foo("wee"));
// } // foo goes out of scope, releasing the pointer with it.
//
// {
// scoped_ptr<Foo> foo; // No pointer managed.
// foo.reset(new Foo("wee")); // Now a pointer is managed.
// foo.reset(new Foo("wee2")); // Foo("wee") was destroyed.
// foo.reset(new Foo("wee3")); // Foo("wee2") was destroyed.
// foo->Method(); // Foo::Method() called.
// foo.get()->Method(); // Foo::Method() called.
// SomeFunc(foo.release()); // SomeFunc takes ownership, foo no longer
// // manages a pointer.
// foo.reset(new Foo("wee4")); // foo manages a pointer again.
// foo.reset(); // Foo("wee4") destroyed, foo no longer
// // manages a pointer.
// } // foo wasn't managing a pointer, so nothing was destroyed.
//
// Example usage (scoped_array):
// {
// scoped_array<Foo> foo(new Foo[100]);
// foo.get()->Method(); // Foo::Method on the 0th element.
// foo[10].Method(); // Foo::Method on the 10th element.
// }
#ifndef COMMON_SCOPED_PTR_H_
#define COMMON_SCOPED_PTR_H_
// This is an implementation designed to match the anticipated future TR2
// implementation of the scoped_ptr class, and its closely-related brethren,
// scoped_array, scoped_ptr_malloc.
#include <assert.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
namespace google_breakpad {
// A scoped_ptr<T> is like a T*, except that the destructor of scoped_ptr<T>
// automatically deletes the pointer it holds (if any).
// That is, scoped_ptr<T> owns the T object that it points to.
// Like a T*, a scoped_ptr<T> may hold either NULL or a pointer to a T object.
// Also like T*, scoped_ptr<T> is thread-compatible, and once you
// dereference it, you get the threadsafety guarantees of T.
//
// The size of a scoped_ptr is small:
// sizeof(scoped_ptr<C>) == sizeof(C*)
template <class C>
class scoped_ptr {
public:
// The element type
typedef C element_type;
// Constructor. Defaults to initializing with NULL.
// There is no way to create an uninitialized scoped_ptr.
// The input parameter must be allocated with new.
explicit scoped_ptr(C* p = NULL) : ptr_(p) { }
// Destructor. If there is a C object, delete it.
// We don't need to test ptr_ == NULL because C++ does that for us.
~scoped_ptr() {
enum { type_must_be_complete = sizeof(C) };
delete ptr_;
}
// Reset. Deletes the current owned object, if any.
// Then takes ownership of a new object, if given.
// this->reset(this->get()) works.
void reset(C* p = NULL) {
if (p != ptr_) {
enum { type_must_be_complete = sizeof(C) };
delete ptr_;
ptr_ = p;
}
}
// Accessors to get the owned object.
// operator* and operator-> will assert() if there is no current object.
C& operator*() const {
assert(ptr_ != NULL);
return *ptr_;
}
C* operator->() const {
assert(ptr_ != NULL);
return ptr_;
}
C* get() const { return ptr_; }
// Comparison operators.
// These return whether two scoped_ptr refer to the same object, not just to
// two different but equal objects.
bool operator==(C* p) const { return ptr_ == p; }
bool operator!=(C* p) const { return ptr_ != p; }
// Swap two scoped pointers.
void swap(scoped_ptr& p2) {
C* tmp = ptr_;
ptr_ = p2.ptr_;
p2.ptr_ = tmp;
}
// Release a pointer.
// The return value is the current pointer held by this object.
// If this object holds a NULL pointer, the return value is NULL.
// After this operation, this object will hold a NULL pointer,
// and will not own the object any more.
C* release() {
C* retVal = ptr_;
ptr_ = NULL;
return retVal;
}
private:
C* ptr_;
// Forbid comparison of scoped_ptr types. If C2 != C, it totally doesn't
// make sense, and if C2 == C, it still doesn't make sense because you should
// never have the same object owned by two different scoped_ptrs.
template <class C2> bool operator==(scoped_ptr<C2> const& p2) const;
template <class C2> bool operator!=(scoped_ptr<C2> const& p2) const;
// Disallow evil constructors
scoped_ptr(const scoped_ptr&);
void operator=(const scoped_ptr&);
};
// Free functions
template <class C>
void swap(scoped_ptr<C>& p1, scoped_ptr<C>& p2) {
p1.swap(p2);
}
template <class C>
bool operator==(C* p1, const scoped_ptr<C>& p2) {
return p1 == p2.get();
}
template <class C>
bool operator!=(C* p1, const scoped_ptr<C>& p2) {
return p1 != p2.get();
}
// scoped_array<C> is like scoped_ptr<C>, except that the caller must allocate
// with new [] and the destructor deletes objects with delete [].
//
// As with scoped_ptr<C>, a scoped_array<C> either points to an object
// or is NULL. A scoped_array<C> owns the object that it points to.
// scoped_array<T> is thread-compatible, and once you index into it,
// the returned objects have only the threadsafety guarantees of T.
//
// Size: sizeof(scoped_array<C>) == sizeof(C*)
template <class C>
class scoped_array {
public:
// The element type
typedef C element_type;
// Constructor. Defaults to intializing with NULL.
// There is no way to create an uninitialized scoped_array.
// The input parameter must be allocated with new [].
explicit scoped_array(C* p = NULL) : array_(p) { }
// Destructor. If there is a C object, delete it.
// We don't need to test ptr_ == NULL because C++ does that for us.
~scoped_array() {
enum { type_must_be_complete = sizeof(C) };
delete[] array_;
}
// Reset. Deletes the current owned object, if any.
// Then takes ownership of a new object, if given.
// this->reset(this->get()) works.
void reset(C* p = NULL) {
if (p != array_) {
enum { type_must_be_complete = sizeof(C) };
delete[] array_;
array_ = p;
}
}
// Get one element of the current object.
// Will assert() if there is no current object, or index i is negative.
C& operator[](ptrdiff_t i) const {
assert(i >= 0);
assert(array_ != NULL);
return array_[i];
}
// Get a pointer to the zeroth element of the current object.
// If there is no current object, return NULL.
C* get() const {
return array_;
}
// Comparison operators.
// These return whether two scoped_array refer to the same object, not just to
// two different but equal objects.
bool operator==(C* p) const { return array_ == p; }
bool operator!=(C* p) const { return array_ != p; }
// Swap two scoped arrays.
void swap(scoped_array& p2) {
C* tmp = array_;
array_ = p2.array_;
p2.array_ = tmp;
}
// Release an array.
// The return value is the current pointer held by this object.
// If this object holds a NULL pointer, the return value is NULL.
// After this operation, this object will hold a NULL pointer,
// and will not own the object any more.
C* release() {
C* retVal = array_;
array_ = NULL;
return retVal;
}
private:
C* array_;
// Forbid comparison of different scoped_array types.
template <class C2> bool operator==(scoped_array<C2> const& p2) const;
template <class C2> bool operator!=(scoped_array<C2> const& p2) const;
// Disallow evil constructors
scoped_array(const scoped_array&);
void operator=(const scoped_array&);
};
// Free functions
template <class C>
void swap(scoped_array<C>& p1, scoped_array<C>& p2) {
p1.swap(p2);
}
template <class C>
bool operator==(C* p1, const scoped_array<C>& p2) {
return p1 == p2.get();
}
template <class C>
bool operator!=(C* p1, const scoped_array<C>& p2) {
return p1 != p2.get();
}
// This class wraps the c library function free() in a class that can be
// passed as a template argument to scoped_ptr_malloc below.
class ScopedPtrMallocFree {
public:
inline void operator()(void* x) const {
free(x);
}
};
// scoped_ptr_malloc<> is similar to scoped_ptr<>, but it accepts a
// second template argument, the functor used to free the object.
template<class C, class FreeProc = ScopedPtrMallocFree>
class scoped_ptr_malloc {
public:
// The element type
typedef C element_type;
// Constructor. Defaults to initializing with NULL.
// There is no way to create an uninitialized scoped_ptr.
// The input parameter must be allocated with an allocator that matches the
// Free functor. For the default Free functor, this is malloc, calloc, or
// realloc.
explicit scoped_ptr_malloc(C* p = NULL): ptr_(p) {}
// Destructor. If there is a C object, call the Free functor.
~scoped_ptr_malloc() {
reset();
}
// Reset. Calls the Free functor on the current owned object, if any.
// Then takes ownership of a new object, if given.
// this->reset(this->get()) works.
void reset(C* p = NULL) {
if (ptr_ != p) {
FreeProc free_proc;
free_proc(ptr_);
ptr_ = p;
}
}
// Get the current object.
// operator* and operator-> will cause an assert() failure if there is
// no current object.
C& operator*() const {
assert(ptr_ != NULL);
return *ptr_;
}
C* operator->() const {
assert(ptr_ != NULL);
return ptr_;
}
C* get() const {
return ptr_;
}
// Comparison operators.
// These return whether a scoped_ptr_malloc and a plain pointer refer
// to the same object, not just to two different but equal objects.
// For compatibility with the boost-derived implementation, these
// take non-const arguments.
bool operator==(C* p) const {
return ptr_ == p;
}
bool operator!=(C* p) const {
return ptr_ != p;
}
// Swap two scoped pointers.
void swap(scoped_ptr_malloc & b) {
C* tmp = b.ptr_;
b.ptr_ = ptr_;
ptr_ = tmp;
}
// Release a pointer.
// The return value is the current pointer held by this object.
// If this object holds a NULL pointer, the return value is NULL.
// After this operation, this object will hold a NULL pointer,
// and will not own the object any more.
C* release() {
C* tmp = ptr_;
ptr_ = NULL;
return tmp;
}
private:
C* ptr_;
// no reason to use these: each scoped_ptr_malloc should have its own object
template <class C2, class GP>
bool operator==(scoped_ptr_malloc<C2, GP> const& p) const;
template <class C2, class GP>
bool operator!=(scoped_ptr_malloc<C2, GP> const& p) const;
// Disallow evil constructors
scoped_ptr_malloc(const scoped_ptr_malloc&);
void operator=(const scoped_ptr_malloc&);
};
template<class C, class FP> inline
void swap(scoped_ptr_malloc<C, FP>& a, scoped_ptr_malloc<C, FP>& b) {
a.swap(b);
}
template<class C, class FP> inline
bool operator==(C* p, const scoped_ptr_malloc<C, FP>& b) {
return p == b.get();
}
template<class C, class FP> inline
bool operator!=(C* p, const scoped_ptr_malloc<C, FP>& b) {
return p != b.get();
}
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // COMMON_SCOPED_PTR_H_

279
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/simple_string_dictionary.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
// Copyright (c) 2007, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#ifndef COMMON_SIMPLE_STRING_DICTIONARY_H_
#define COMMON_SIMPLE_STRING_DICTIONARY_H_
#include <assert.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "common/basictypes.h"
namespace google_breakpad {
// Opaque type for the serialized representation of a NonAllocatingMap. One is
// created in NonAllocatingMap::Serialize and can be deserialized using one of
// the constructors.
struct SerializedNonAllocatingMap;
// NonAllocatingMap is an implementation of a map/dictionary collection that
// uses a fixed amount of storage, so that it does not perform any dynamic
// allocations for its operations.
//
// The actual map storage (the Entry) is guaranteed to be POD, so that it can
// be transmitted over various IPC mechanisms.
//
// The template parameters control the amount of storage used for the key,
// value, and map. The KeySize and ValueSize are measured in bytes, not glyphs,
// and includes space for a \0 byte. This gives space for KeySize-1 and
// ValueSize-1 characters in an entry. NumEntries is the total number of
// entries that will fit in the map.
template <size_t KeySize, size_t ValueSize, size_t NumEntries>
class NonAllocatingMap {
public:
// Constant and publicly accessible versions of the template parameters.
static const size_t key_size = KeySize;
static const size_t value_size = ValueSize;
static const size_t num_entries = NumEntries;
// An Entry object is a single entry in the map. If the key is a 0-length
// NUL-terminated string, the entry is empty.
struct Entry {
char key[KeySize];
char value[ValueSize];
bool is_active() const {
return key[0] != '\0';
}
};
// An Iterator can be used to iterate over all the active entries in a
// NonAllocatingMap.
class Iterator {
public:
explicit Iterator(const NonAllocatingMap& map)
: map_(map),
current_(0) {
}
// Returns the next entry in the map, or NULL if at the end of the
// collection.
const Entry* Next() {
while (current_ < map_.num_entries) {
const Entry* entry = &map_.entries_[current_++];
if (entry->is_active()) {
return entry;
}
}
return NULL;
}
private:
const NonAllocatingMap& map_;
size_t current_;
DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(Iterator);
};
NonAllocatingMap() : entries_() {
}
NonAllocatingMap(const NonAllocatingMap& other) {
*this = other;
}
NonAllocatingMap& operator=(const NonAllocatingMap& other) {
assert(other.key_size == key_size);
assert(other.value_size == value_size);
assert(other.num_entries == num_entries);
if (other.key_size == key_size && other.value_size == value_size &&
other.num_entries == num_entries) {
memcpy(entries_, other.entries_, sizeof(entries_));
}
return *this;
}
// Constructs a map from its serialized form. |map| should be the out
// parameter from Serialize() and |size| should be its return value.
NonAllocatingMap(const SerializedNonAllocatingMap* map, size_t size) {
assert(size == sizeof(entries_));
if (size == sizeof(entries_)) {
memcpy(entries_, map, size);
}
}
// Returns the number of active key/value pairs. The upper limit for this
// is NumEntries.
size_t GetCount() const {
size_t count = 0;
for (size_t i = 0; i < num_entries; ++i) {
if (entries_[i].is_active()) {
++count;
}
}
return count;
}
// Given |key|, returns its corresponding |value|. |key| must not be NULL. If
// the key is not found, NULL is returned.
const char* GetValueForKey(const char* key) const {
assert(key);
if (!key)
return NULL;
size_t index = GetEntryIndexForKey(key);
if (index == num_entries)
return NULL;
return entries_[index].value;
}
// Stores |value| into |key|, replacing the existing value if |key| is
// already present. |key| must not be NULL. If |value| is NULL, the key is
// removed from the map. If there is no more space in the map, then the
// operation silently fails. Returns an index into the map that can be used
// to quickly access the entry, or |num_entries| on failure or when clearing
// a key with a null value.
size_t SetKeyValue(const char* key, const char* value) {
if (!value) {
RemoveKey(key);
return num_entries;
}
assert(key);
if (!key)
return num_entries;
// Key must not be an empty string.
assert(key[0] != '\0');
if (key[0] == '\0')
return num_entries;
size_t entry_index = GetEntryIndexForKey(key);
// If it does not yet exist, attempt to insert it.
if (entry_index == num_entries) {
for (size_t i = 0; i < num_entries; ++i) {
if (!entries_[i].is_active()) {
entry_index = i;
Entry* entry = &entries_[i];
strncpy(entry->key, key, key_size);
entry->key[key_size - 1] = '\0';
break;
}
}
}
// If the map is out of space, entry will be NULL.
if (entry_index == num_entries)
return num_entries;
#ifndef NDEBUG
// Sanity check that the key only appears once.
int count = 0;
for (size_t i = 0; i < num_entries; ++i) {
if (strncmp(entries_[i].key, key, key_size) == 0)
++count;
}
assert(count == 1);
#endif
strncpy(entries_[entry_index].value, value, value_size);
entries_[entry_index].value[value_size - 1] = '\0';
return entry_index;
}
// Sets a value for a key that has already been set with SetKeyValue(), using
// the index returned from that function.
void SetValueAtIndex(size_t index, const char* value) {
assert(index < num_entries);
if (index >= num_entries)
return;
Entry* entry = &entries_[index];
assert(entry->key[0] != '\0');
strncpy(entry->value, value, value_size);
entry->value[value_size - 1] = '\0';
}
// Given |key|, removes any associated value. |key| must not be NULL. If
// the key is not found, this is a noop. This invalidates the index
// returned by SetKeyValue().
bool RemoveKey(const char* key) {
assert(key);
if (!key)
return false;
return RemoveAtIndex(GetEntryIndexForKey(key));
}
// Removes a value and key using an index that was returned from
// SetKeyValue(). After a call to this function, the index is invalidated.
bool RemoveAtIndex(size_t index) {
if (index >= num_entries)
return false;
entries_[index].key[0] = '\0';
entries_[index].value[0] = '\0';
return true;
}
// Places a serialized version of the map into |map| and returns the size.
// Both of these should be passed to the deserializing constructor. Note that
// the serialized |map| is scoped to the lifetime of the non-serialized
// instance of this class. The |map| can be copied across IPC boundaries.
size_t Serialize(const SerializedNonAllocatingMap** map) const {
*map = reinterpret_cast<const SerializedNonAllocatingMap*>(entries_);
return sizeof(entries_);
}
private:
size_t GetEntryIndexForKey(const char* key) const {
for (size_t i = 0; i < num_entries; ++i) {
if (strncmp(key, entries_[i].key, key_size) == 0) {
return i;
}
}
return num_entries;
}
Entry entries_[NumEntries];
};
// For historical reasons this specialized version is available with the same
// size factors as a previous implementation.
typedef NonAllocatingMap<256, 256, 64> SimpleStringDictionary;
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // COMMON_SIMPLE_STRING_DICTIONARY_H_

325
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/stabs_reader.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,325 @@
// -*- mode: c++ -*-
// Copyright (c) 2010 Google Inc. All Rights Reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
// Original author: Jim Blandy <jimb@mozilla.com> <jimb@red-bean.com>
// stabs_reader.h: Define StabsReader, a parser for STABS debugging
// information. A description of the STABS debugging format can be
// found at:
//
// http://sourceware.org/gdb/current/onlinedocs/stabs_toc.html
//
// The comments here assume you understand the format.
//
// This parser can handle big-endian and little-endian data, and the symbol
// values may be either 32 or 64 bits long. It handles both STABS in
// sections (as used on Linux) and STABS appearing directly in an
// a.out-like symbol table (as used in Darwin OS X Mach-O files).
#ifndef COMMON_STABS_READER_H__
#define COMMON_STABS_READER_H__
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include <config.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_MACH_O_NLIST_H
#include <mach-o/nlist.h>
#elif defined(HAVE_A_OUT_H)
#include <a.out.h>
#endif
#include <string>
#include <vector>
#include "common/byte_cursor.h"
#include "common/using_std_string.h"
namespace google_breakpad {
class StabsHandler;
class StabsReader {
public:
// Create a reader for the STABS debug information whose .stab section is
// being traversed by ITERATOR, and whose .stabstr section is referred to
// by STRINGS. The reader will call the member functions of HANDLER to
// report the information it finds, when the reader's 'Process' member
// function is called.
//
// BIG_ENDIAN should be true if the entries in the .stab section are in
// big-endian form, or false if they are in little-endian form.
//
// VALUE_SIZE should be either 4 or 8, indicating the size of the 'value'
// field in each entry in bytes.
//
// UNITIZED should be true if the STABS data is stored in units with
// N_UNDF headers. This is usually the case for STABS stored in sections,
// like .stab/.stabstr, and usually not the case for STABS stored in the
// actual symbol table; UNITIZED should be true when parsing Linux stabs,
// false when parsing Mac OS X STABS. For details, see:
// http://sourceware.org/gdb/current/onlinedocs/stabs/Stab-Section-Basics.html
//
// Note that, in ELF, the .stabstr section should be found using the
// 'sh_link' field of the .stab section header, not by name.
StabsReader(const uint8_t *stab, size_t stab_size,
const uint8_t *stabstr, size_t stabstr_size,
bool big_endian, size_t value_size, bool unitized,
StabsHandler *handler);
// Process the STABS data, calling the handler's member functions to
// report what we find. While the handler functions return true,
// continue to process until we reach the end of the section. If we
// processed the entire section and all handlers returned true,
// return true. If any handler returned false, return false.
//
// This is only meant to be called once per StabsReader instance;
// resuming a prior processing pass that stopped abruptly isn't supported.
bool Process();
private:
// An class for walking arrays of STABS entries. This isolates the main
// STABS reader from the exact format (size; endianness) of the entries
// themselves.
class EntryIterator {
public:
// The contents of a STABS entry, adjusted for the host's endianness,
// word size, 'struct nlist' layout, and so on.
struct Entry {
// True if this iterator has reached the end of the entry array. When
// this is set, the other members of this structure are not valid.
bool at_end;
// The number of this entry within the list.
size_t index;
// The current entry's name offset. This is the offset within the
// current compilation unit's strings, as establish by the N_UNDF entries.
size_t name_offset;
// The current entry's type, 'other' field, descriptor, and value.
unsigned char type;
unsigned char other;
short descriptor;
uint64_t value;
};
// Create a EntryIterator walking the entries in BUFFER. Treat the
// entries as big-endian if BIG_ENDIAN is true, as little-endian
// otherwise. Assume each entry has a 'value' field whose size is
// VALUE_SIZE.
//
// This would not be terribly clean to extend to other format variations,
// but it's enough to handle Linux and Mac, and we'd like STABS to die
// anyway.
//
// For the record: on Linux, STABS entry values are always 32 bits,
// regardless of the architecture address size (don't ask me why); on
// Mac, they are 32 or 64 bits long. Oddly, the section header's entry
// size for a Linux ELF .stab section varies according to the ELF class
// from 12 to 20 even as the actual entries remain unchanged.
EntryIterator(const ByteBuffer *buffer, bool big_endian, size_t value_size);
// Move to the next entry. This function's behavior is undefined if
// at_end() is true when it is called.
EntryIterator &operator++() { Fetch(); entry_.index++; return *this; }
// Dereferencing this iterator produces a reference to an Entry structure
// that holds the current entry's values. The entry is owned by this
// EntryIterator, and will be invalidated at the next call to operator++.
const Entry &operator*() const { return entry_; }
const Entry *operator->() const { return &entry_; }
private:
// Read the STABS entry at cursor_, and set entry_ appropriately.
void Fetch();
// The size of entries' value field, in bytes.
size_t value_size_;
// A byte cursor traversing buffer_.
ByteCursor cursor_;
// Values for the entry this iterator refers to.
Entry entry_;
};
// A source line, saved to be reported later.
struct Line {
uint64_t address;
const char *filename;
int number;
};
// Return the name of the current symbol.
const char *SymbolString();
// Process a compilation unit starting at symbol_. Return true
// to continue processing, or false to abort.
bool ProcessCompilationUnit();
// Process a function in current_source_file_ starting at symbol_.
// Return true to continue processing, or false to abort.
bool ProcessFunction();
// Process an exported function symbol.
// Return true to continue processing, or false to abort.
bool ProcessExtern();
// The STABS entries being parsed.
ByteBuffer entries_;
// The string section to which the entries refer.
ByteBuffer strings_;
// The iterator walking the STABS entries.
EntryIterator iterator_;
// True if the data is "unitized"; see the explanation in the comment for
// StabsReader::StabsReader.
bool unitized_;
StabsHandler *handler_;
// The offset of the current compilation unit's strings within stabstr_.
size_t string_offset_;
// The value string_offset_ should have for the next compilation unit,
// as established by N_UNDF entries.
size_t next_cu_string_offset_;
// The current source file name.
const char *current_source_file_;
// Mac OS X STABS place SLINE records before functions; we accumulate a
// vector of these until we see the FUN record, and then report them
// after the StartFunction call.
std::vector<Line> queued_lines_;
};
// Consumer-provided callback structure for the STABS reader. Clients
// of the STABS reader provide an instance of this structure. The
// reader then invokes the member functions of that instance to report
// the information it finds.
//
// The default definitions of the member functions do nothing, and return
// true so processing will continue.
class StabsHandler {
public:
StabsHandler() { }
virtual ~StabsHandler() { }
// Some general notes about the handler callback functions:
// Processing proceeds until the end of the .stabs section, or until
// one of these functions returns false.
// The addresses given are as reported in the STABS info, without
// regard for whether the module may be loaded at different
// addresses at different times (a shared library, say). When
// processing STABS from an ELF shared library, the addresses given
// all assume the library is loaded at its nominal load address.
// They are *not* offsets from the nominal load address. If you
// want offsets, you must subtract off the library's nominal load
// address.
// The arguments to these functions named FILENAME are all
// references to strings stored in the .stabstr section. Because
// both the Linux and Solaris linkers factor out duplicate strings
// from the .stabstr section, the consumer can assume that if two
// FILENAME values are different addresses, they represent different
// file names.
//
// Thus, it's safe to use (say) std::map<char *, ...>, which does
// string address comparisons, not string content comparisons.
// Since all the strings are in same array of characters --- the
// .stabstr section --- comparing their addresses produces
// predictable, if not lexicographically meaningful, results.
// Begin processing a compilation unit whose main source file is
// named FILENAME, and whose base address is ADDRESS. If
// BUILD_DIRECTORY is non-NULL, it is the name of the build
// directory in which the compilation occurred.
virtual bool StartCompilationUnit(const char *filename, uint64_t address,
const char *build_directory) {
return true;
}
// Finish processing the compilation unit. If ADDRESS is non-zero,
// it is the ending address of the compilation unit. If ADDRESS is
// zero, then the compilation unit's ending address is not
// available, and the consumer must infer it by other means.
virtual bool EndCompilationUnit(uint64_t address) { return true; }
// Begin processing a function named NAME, whose starting address is
// ADDRESS. This function belongs to the compilation unit that was
// most recently started but not ended.
//
// Note that, unlike filenames, NAME is not a pointer into the
// .stabstr section; this is because the name as it appears in the
// STABS data is followed by type information. The value passed to
// StartFunction is the function name alone.
//
// In languages that use name mangling, like C++, NAME is mangled.
virtual bool StartFunction(const string &name, uint64_t address) {
return true;
}
// Finish processing the function. If ADDRESS is non-zero, it is
// the ending address for the function. If ADDRESS is zero, then
// the function's ending address is not available, and the consumer
// must infer it by other means.
virtual bool EndFunction(uint64_t address) { return true; }
// Report that the code at ADDRESS is attributable to line NUMBER of
// the source file named FILENAME. The caller must infer the ending
// address of the line.
virtual bool Line(uint64_t address, const char *filename, int number) {
return true;
}
// Report that an exported function NAME is present at ADDRESS.
// The size of the function is unknown.
virtual bool Extern(const string &name, uint64_t address) {
return true;
}
// Report a warning. FORMAT is a printf-like format string,
// specifying how to format the subsequent arguments.
virtual void Warning(const char *format, ...) = 0;
};
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // COMMON_STABS_READER_H__

143
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/stabs_to_module.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
// -*- mode: C++ -*-
// Copyright (c) 2010 Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
// Original author: Jim Blandy <jimb@mozilla.com> <jimb@red-bean.com>
// dump_stabs.h: Define the StabsToModule class, which receives
// STABS debugging information from a parser and adds it to a Breakpad
// symbol file.
#ifndef BREAKPAD_COMMON_STABS_TO_MODULE_H_
#define BREAKPAD_COMMON_STABS_TO_MODULE_H_
#include <stdint.h>
#include <string>
#include <vector>
#include "common/module.h"
#include "common/stabs_reader.h"
#include "common/using_std_string.h"
namespace google_breakpad {
using std::vector;
// A StabsToModule is a handler that receives parsed STABS debugging
// information from a StabsReader, and uses that to populate
// a Module. (All classes are in the google_breakpad namespace.) A
// Module represents the contents of a Breakpad symbol file, and knows
// how to write itself out as such. A StabsToModule thus acts as
// the bridge between STABS and Breakpad data.
// When processing Darwin Mach-O files, this also receives public linker
// symbols, like those found in system libraries.
class StabsToModule: public google_breakpad::StabsHandler {
public:
// Receive parsed debugging information from a StabsReader, and
// store it all in MODULE.
StabsToModule(Module *module) :
module_(module),
in_compilation_unit_(false),
comp_unit_base_address_(0),
current_function_(NULL),
current_source_file_(NULL),
current_source_file_name_(NULL) { }
~StabsToModule();
// The standard StabsHandler virtual member functions.
bool StartCompilationUnit(const char *name, uint64_t address,
const char *build_directory);
bool EndCompilationUnit(uint64_t address);
bool StartFunction(const string &name, uint64_t address);
bool EndFunction(uint64_t address);
bool Line(uint64_t address, const char *name, int number);
bool Extern(const string &name, uint64_t address);
void Warning(const char *format, ...);
// Do any final processing necessary to make module_ contain all the
// data provided by the STABS reader.
//
// Because STABS does not provide reliable size information for
// functions and lines, we need to make a pass over the data after
// processing all the STABS to compute those sizes. We take care of
// that here.
void Finalize();
private:
// An arbitrary, but very large, size to use for functions whose
// size we can't compute properly.
static const uint64_t kFallbackSize = 0x10000000;
// The module we're contributing debugging info to.
Module *module_;
// The functions we've generated so far. We don't add these to
// module_ as we parse them. Instead, we wait until we've computed
// their ending address, and their lines' ending addresses.
//
// We could just stick them in module_ from the outset, but if
// module_ already contains data gathered from other debugging
// formats, that would complicate the size computation.
vector<Module::Function *> functions_;
// Boundary addresses. STABS doesn't necessarily supply sizes for
// functions and lines, so we need to compute them ourselves by
// finding the next object.
vector<Module::Address> boundaries_;
// True if we are currently within a compilation unit: we have gotten a
// StartCompilationUnit call, but no matching EndCompilationUnit call
// yet. We use this for sanity checks.
bool in_compilation_unit_;
// The base address of the current compilation unit. We use this to
// recognize functions we should omit from the symbol file. (If you
// know the details of why we omit these, please patch this
// comment.)
Module::Address comp_unit_base_address_;
// The function we're currently contributing lines to.
Module::Function *current_function_;
// The last Module::File we got a line number in.
Module::File *current_source_file_;
// The pointer in the .stabstr section of the name that
// current_source_file_ is built from. This allows us to quickly
// recognize when the current line is in the same file as the
// previous one (which it usually is).
const char *current_source_file_name_;
};
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // BREAKPAD_COMMON_STABS_TO_MODULE_H_

43
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/stdio_wrapper.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
// Copyright (c) 2016, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#ifndef GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_STDIO_WRAPPER_H
#define GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_STDIO_WRAPPER_H
#include <stdio.h>
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && MSC_VER < 1900
#include <basetsd.h>
#define snprintf _snprintf
typedef SSIZE_T ssize_t;
#endif
#endif // GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_STDIO_WRAPPER_H

68
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/string_conversion.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
// Copyright (c) 2006, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
// string_conversion.h: Conversion between different UTF-8/16/32 encodings.
#ifndef COMMON_STRING_CONVERSION_H__
#define COMMON_STRING_CONVERSION_H__
#include <string>
#include <vector>
#include "common/using_std_string.h"
#include "google_breakpad/common/breakpad_types.h"
namespace google_breakpad {
using std::vector;
// Convert |in| to UTF-16 into |out|. Use platform byte ordering. If the
// conversion failed, |out| will be zero length.
void UTF8ToUTF16(const char *in, vector<uint16_t> *out);
// Convert at least one character (up to a maximum of |in_length|) from |in|
// to UTF-16 into |out|. Return the number of characters consumed from |in|.
// Any unused characters in |out| will be initialized to 0. No memory will
// be allocated by this routine.
int UTF8ToUTF16Char(const char *in, int in_length, uint16_t out[2]);
// Convert |in| to UTF-16 into |out|. Use platform byte ordering. If the
// conversion failed, |out| will be zero length.
void UTF32ToUTF16(const wchar_t *in, vector<uint16_t> *out);
// Convert |in| to UTF-16 into |out|. Any unused characters in |out| will be
// initialized to 0. No memory will be allocated by this routine.
void UTF32ToUTF16Char(wchar_t in, uint16_t out[2]);
// Convert |in| to UTF-8. If |swap| is true, swap bytes before converting.
string UTF16ToUTF8(const vector<uint16_t> &in, bool swap);
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // COMMON_STRING_CONVERSION_H__

42
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/symbol_data.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
// -*- mode: c++ -*-
// Copyright (c) 2013 Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#ifndef COMMON_SYMBOL_DATA_H_
#define COMMON_SYMBOL_DATA_H_
// Control what data is used from the symbol file.
enum SymbolData {
ALL_SYMBOL_DATA,
NO_CFI,
ONLY_CFI
};
#endif // COMMON_SYMBOL_DATA_H_

484
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/test_assembler.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,484 @@
// -*- mode: C++ -*-
// Copyright (c) 2010, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
// Original author: Jim Blandy <jimb@mozilla.com> <jimb@red-bean.com>
// test-assembler.h: interface to class for building complex binary streams.
// To test the Breakpad symbol dumper and processor thoroughly, for
// all combinations of host system and minidump processor
// architecture, we need to be able to easily generate complex test
// data like debugging information and minidump files.
//
// For example, if we want our unit tests to provide full code
// coverage for stack walking, it may be difficult to persuade the
// compiler to generate every possible sort of stack walking
// information that we want to support; there are probably DWARF CFI
// opcodes that GCC never emits. Similarly, if we want to test our
// error handling, we will need to generate damaged minidumps or
// debugging information that (we hope) the client or compiler will
// never produce on its own.
//
// google_breakpad::TestAssembler provides a predictable and
// (relatively) simple way to generate complex formatted data streams
// like minidumps and CFI. Furthermore, because TestAssembler is
// portable, developers without access to (say) Visual Studio or a
// SPARC assembler can still work on test data for those targets.
#ifndef PROCESSOR_TEST_ASSEMBLER_H_
#define PROCESSOR_TEST_ASSEMBLER_H_
#include <list>
#include <vector>
#include <string>
#include "common/using_std_string.h"
#include "google_breakpad/common/breakpad_types.h"
namespace google_breakpad {
using std::list;
using std::vector;
namespace test_assembler {
// A Label represents a value not yet known that we need to store in a
// section. As long as all the labels a section refers to are defined
// by the time we retrieve its contents as bytes, we can use undefined
// labels freely in that section's construction.
//
// A label can be in one of three states:
// - undefined,
// - defined as the sum of some other label and a constant, or
// - a constant.
//
// A label's value never changes, but it can accumulate constraints.
// Adding labels and integers is permitted, and yields a label.
// Subtracting a constant from a label is permitted, and also yields a
// label. Subtracting two labels that have some relationship to each
// other is permitted, and yields a constant.
//
// For example:
//
// Label a; // a's value is undefined
// Label b; // b's value is undefined
// {
// Label c = a + 4; // okay, even though a's value is unknown
// b = c + 4; // also okay; b is now a+8
// }
// Label d = b - 2; // okay; d == a+6, even though c is gone
// d.Value(); // error: d's value is not yet known
// d - a; // is 6, even though their values are not known
// a = 12; // now b == 20, and d == 18
// d.Value(); // 18: no longer an error
// b.Value(); // 20
// d = 10; // error: d is already defined.
//
// Label objects' lifetimes are unconstrained: notice that, in the
// above example, even though a and b are only related through c, and
// c goes out of scope, the assignment to a sets b's value as well. In
// particular, it's not necessary to ensure that a Label lives beyond
// Sections that refer to it.
class Label {
public:
Label(); // An undefined label.
Label(uint64_t value); // A label with a fixed value
Label(const Label &value); // A label equal to another.
~Label();
// Return this label's value; it must be known.
//
// Providing this as a cast operator is nifty, but the conversions
// happen in unexpected places. In particular, ISO C++ says that
// Label + size_t becomes ambigious, because it can't decide whether
// to convert the Label to a uint64_t and then to a size_t, or use
// the overloaded operator that returns a new label, even though the
// former could fail if the label is not yet defined and the latter won't.
uint64_t Value() const;
Label &operator=(uint64_t value);
Label &operator=(const Label &value);
Label operator+(uint64_t addend) const;
Label operator-(uint64_t subtrahend) const;
uint64_t operator-(const Label &subtrahend) const;
// We could also provide == and != that work on undefined, but
// related, labels.
// Return true if this label's value is known. If VALUE_P is given,
// set *VALUE_P to the known value if returning true.
bool IsKnownConstant(uint64_t *value_p = NULL) const;
// Return true if the offset from LABEL to this label is known. If
// OFFSET_P is given, set *OFFSET_P to the offset when returning true.
//
// You can think of l.KnownOffsetFrom(m, &d) as being like 'd = l-m',
// except that it also returns a value indicating whether the
// subtraction is possible given what we currently know of l and m.
// It can be possible even if we don't know l and m's values. For
// example:
//
// Label l, m;
// m = l + 10;
// l.IsKnownConstant(); // false
// m.IsKnownConstant(); // false
// uint64_t d;
// l.IsKnownOffsetFrom(m, &d); // true, and sets d to -10.
// l-m // -10
// m-l // 10
// m.Value() // error: m's value is not known
bool IsKnownOffsetFrom(const Label &label, uint64_t *offset_p = NULL) const;
private:
// A label's value, or if that is not yet known, how the value is
// related to other labels' values. A binding may be:
// - a known constant,
// - constrained to be equal to some other binding plus a constant, or
// - unconstrained, and free to take on any value.
//
// Many labels may point to a single binding, and each binding may
// refer to another, so bindings and labels form trees whose leaves
// are labels, whose interior nodes (and roots) are bindings, and
// where links point from children to parents. Bindings are
// reference counted, allowing labels to be lightweight, copyable,
// assignable, placed in containers, and so on.
class Binding {
public:
Binding();
Binding(uint64_t addend);
~Binding();
// Increment our reference count.
void Acquire() { reference_count_++; };
// Decrement our reference count, and return true if it is zero.
bool Release() { return --reference_count_ == 0; }
// Set this binding to be equal to BINDING + ADDEND. If BINDING is
// NULL, then set this binding to the known constant ADDEND.
// Update every binding on this binding's chain to point directly
// to BINDING, or to be a constant, with addends adjusted
// appropriately.
void Set(Binding *binding, uint64_t value);
// Return what we know about the value of this binding.
// - If this binding's value is a known constant, set BASE to
// NULL, and set ADDEND to its value.
// - If this binding is not a known constant but related to other
// bindings, set BASE to the binding at the end of the relation
// chain (which will always be unconstrained), and set ADDEND to the
// value to add to that binding's value to get this binding's
// value.
// - If this binding is unconstrained, set BASE to this, and leave
// ADDEND unchanged.
void Get(Binding **base, uint64_t *addend);
private:
// There are three cases:
//
// - A binding representing a known constant value has base_ NULL,
// and addend_ equal to the value.
//
// - A binding representing a completely unconstrained value has
// base_ pointing to this; addend_ is unused.
//
// - A binding whose value is related to some other binding's
// value has base_ pointing to that other binding, and addend_
// set to the amount to add to that binding's value to get this
// binding's value. We only represent relationships of the form
// x = y+c.
//
// Thus, the bind_ links form a chain terminating in either a
// known constant value or a completely unconstrained value. Most
// operations on bindings do path compression: they change every
// binding on the chain to point directly to the final value,
// adjusting addends as appropriate.
Binding *base_;
uint64_t addend_;
// The number of Labels and Bindings pointing to this binding.
// (When a binding points to itself, indicating a completely
// unconstrained binding, that doesn't count as a reference.)
int reference_count_;
};
// This label's value.
Binding *value_;
};
inline Label operator+(uint64_t a, const Label &l) { return l + a; }
// Note that int-Label isn't defined, as negating a Label is not an
// operation we support.
// Conventions for representing larger numbers as sequences of bytes.
enum Endianness {
kBigEndian, // Big-endian: the most significant byte comes first.
kLittleEndian, // Little-endian: the least significant byte comes first.
kUnsetEndian, // used internally
};
// A section is a sequence of bytes, constructed by appending bytes
// to the end. Sections have a convenient and flexible set of member
// functions for appending data in various formats: big-endian and
// little-endian signed and unsigned values of different sizes;
// LEB128 and ULEB128 values (see below), and raw blocks of bytes.
//
// If you need to append a value to a section that is not convenient
// to compute immediately, you can create a label, append the
// label's value to the section, and then set the label's value
// later, when it's convenient to do so. Once a label's value is
// known, the section class takes care of updating all previously
// appended references to it.
//
// Once all the labels to which a section refers have had their
// values determined, you can get a copy of the section's contents
// as a string.
//
// Note that there is no specified "start of section" label. This is
// because there are typically several different meanings for "the
// start of a section": the offset of the section within an object
// file, the address in memory at which the section's content appear,
// and so on. It's up to the code that uses the Section class to
// keep track of these explicitly, as they depend on the application.
class Section {
public:
Section(Endianness endianness = kUnsetEndian)
: endianness_(endianness) { };
// A base class destructor should be either public and virtual,
// or protected and nonvirtual.
virtual ~Section() { };
// Set the default endianness of this section to ENDIANNESS. This
// sets the behavior of the D<N> appending functions. If the
// assembler's default endianness was set, this is the
void set_endianness(Endianness endianness) {
endianness_ = endianness;
}
// Return the default endianness of this section.
Endianness endianness() const { return endianness_; }
// Append the SIZE bytes at DATA or the contents of STRING to the
// end of this section. Return a reference to this section.
Section &Append(const uint8_t *data, size_t size) {
contents_.append(reinterpret_cast<const char *>(data), size);
return *this;
};
Section &Append(const string &data) {
contents_.append(data);
return *this;
};
// Append SIZE copies of BYTE to the end of this section. Return a
// reference to this section.
Section &Append(size_t size, uint8_t byte) {
contents_.append(size, (char) byte);
return *this;
}
// Append NUMBER to this section. ENDIANNESS is the endianness to
// use to write the number. SIZE is the length of the number in
// bytes. Return a reference to this section.
Section &Append(Endianness endianness, size_t size, uint64_t number);
Section &Append(Endianness endianness, size_t size, const Label &label);
// Append SECTION to the end of this section. The labels SECTION
// refers to need not be defined yet.
//
// Note that this has no effect on any Labels' values, or on
// SECTION. If placing SECTION within 'this' provides new
// constraints on existing labels' values, then it's up to the
// caller to fiddle with those labels as needed.
Section &Append(const Section &section);
// Append the contents of DATA as a series of bytes terminated by
// a NULL character.
Section &AppendCString(const string &data) {
Append(data);
contents_ += '\0';
return *this;
}
// Append at most SIZE bytes from DATA; if DATA is less than SIZE bytes
// long, pad with '\0' characters.
Section &AppendCString(const string &data, size_t size) {
contents_.append(data, 0, size);
if (data.size() < size)
Append(size - data.size(), 0);
return *this;
}
// Append VALUE or LABEL to this section, with the given bit width and
// endianness. Return a reference to this section.
//
// The names of these functions have the form <ENDIANNESS><BITWIDTH>:
// <ENDIANNESS> is either 'L' (little-endian, least significant byte first),
// 'B' (big-endian, most significant byte first), or
// 'D' (default, the section's default endianness)
// <BITWIDTH> is 8, 16, 32, or 64.
//
// Since endianness doesn't matter for a single byte, all the
// <BITWIDTH>=8 functions are equivalent.
//
// These can be used to write both signed and unsigned values, as
// the compiler will properly sign-extend a signed value before
// passing it to the function, at which point the function's
// behavior is the same either way.
Section &L8(uint8_t value) { contents_ += value; return *this; }
Section &B8(uint8_t value) { contents_ += value; return *this; }
Section &D8(uint8_t value) { contents_ += value; return *this; }
Section &L16(uint16_t), &L32(uint32_t), &L64(uint64_t),
&B16(uint16_t), &B32(uint32_t), &B64(uint64_t),
&D16(uint16_t), &D32(uint32_t), &D64(uint64_t);
Section &L8(const Label &label), &L16(const Label &label),
&L32(const Label &label), &L64(const Label &label),
&B8(const Label &label), &B16(const Label &label),
&B32(const Label &label), &B64(const Label &label),
&D8(const Label &label), &D16(const Label &label),
&D32(const Label &label), &D64(const Label &label);
// Append VALUE in a signed LEB128 (Little-Endian Base 128) form.
//
// The signed LEB128 representation of an integer N is a variable
// number of bytes:
//
// - If N is between -0x40 and 0x3f, then its signed LEB128
// representation is a single byte whose value is N.
//
// - Otherwise, its signed LEB128 representation is (N & 0x7f) |
// 0x80, followed by the signed LEB128 representation of N / 128,
// rounded towards negative infinity.
//
// In other words, we break VALUE into groups of seven bits, put
// them in little-endian order, and then write them as eight-bit
// bytes with the high bit on all but the last.
//
// Note that VALUE cannot be a Label (we would have to implement
// relaxation).
Section &LEB128(long long value);
// Append VALUE in unsigned LEB128 (Little-Endian Base 128) form.
//
// The unsigned LEB128 representation of an integer N is a variable
// number of bytes:
//
// - If N is between 0 and 0x7f, then its unsigned LEB128
// representation is a single byte whose value is N.
//
// - Otherwise, its unsigned LEB128 representation is (N & 0x7f) |
// 0x80, followed by the unsigned LEB128 representation of N /
// 128, rounded towards negative infinity.
//
// Note that VALUE cannot be a Label (we would have to implement
// relaxation).
Section &ULEB128(uint64_t value);
// Jump to the next location aligned on an ALIGNMENT-byte boundary,
// relative to the start of the section. Fill the gap with PAD_BYTE.
// ALIGNMENT must be a power of two. Return a reference to this
// section.
Section &Align(size_t alignment, uint8_t pad_byte = 0);
// Clear the contents of this section.
void Clear();
// Return the current size of the section.
size_t Size() const { return contents_.size(); }
// Return a label representing the start of the section.
//
// It is up to the user whether this label represents the section's
// position in an object file, the section's address in memory, or
// what have you; some applications may need both, in which case
// this simple-minded interface won't be enough. This class only
// provides a single start label, for use with the Here and Mark
// member functions.
//
// Ideally, we'd provide this in a subclass that actually knows more
// about the application at hand and can provide an appropriate
// collection of start labels. But then the appending member
// functions like Append and D32 would return a reference to the
// base class, not the derived class, and the chaining won't work.
// Since the only value here is in pretty notation, that's a fatal
// flaw.
Label start() const { return start_; }
// Return a label representing the point at which the next Appended
// item will appear in the section, relative to start().
Label Here() const { return start_ + Size(); }
// Set *LABEL to Here, and return a reference to this section.
Section &Mark(Label *label) { *label = Here(); return *this; }
// If there are no undefined label references left in this
// section, set CONTENTS to the contents of this section, as a
// string, and clear this section. Return true on success, or false
// if there were still undefined labels.
bool GetContents(string *contents);
private:
// Used internally. A reference to a label's value.
struct Reference {
Reference(size_t set_offset, Endianness set_endianness, size_t set_size,
const Label &set_label)
: offset(set_offset), endianness(set_endianness), size(set_size),
label(set_label) { }
// The offset of the reference within the section.
size_t offset;
// The endianness of the reference.
Endianness endianness;
// The size of the reference.
size_t size;
// The label to which this is a reference.
Label label;
};
// The default endianness of this section.
Endianness endianness_;
// The contents of the section.
string contents_;
// References to labels within those contents.
vector<Reference> references_;
// A label referring to the beginning of the section.
Label start_;
};
} // namespace test_assembler
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // PROCESSOR_TEST_ASSEMBLER_H_

62
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/unordered.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
// Copyright (c) 2010 Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
// Include this file to use unordered_map and unordered_set. If tr1
// or C++11 is not available, you can switch to using hash_set and
// hash_map by defining BP_USE_HASH_SET.
#ifndef COMMON_UNORDERED_H_
#define COMMON_UNORDERED_H_
#if defined(BP_USE_HASH_SET)
#include <hash_map>
#include <hash_set>
// For hash<string>.
#include "util/hash/hash.h"
template <class T, class U, class H = __gnu_cxx::hash<T> >
struct unordered_map : public __gnu_cxx::hash_map<T, U, H> {};
template <class T, class H = __gnu_cxx::hash<T> >
struct unordered_set : public __gnu_cxx::hash_set<T, H> {};
#elif defined(_LIBCPP_VERSION) // c++11
#include <unordered_map>
#include <unordered_set>
using std::unordered_map;
using std::unordered_set;
#else // Fallback to tr1::unordered
#include <tr1/unordered_map>
#include <tr1/unordered_set>
using std::tr1::unordered_map;
using std::tr1::unordered_set;
#endif
#endif // COMMON_UNORDERED_H_

65
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/using_std_string.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
// -*- mode: C++ -*-
// Copyright (c) 2012, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
// Original author: Ivan Penkov
// using_std_string.h: Allows building this code in environments where
// global string (::string) exists.
//
// The problem:
// -------------
// Let's say you want to build this code in an environment where a global
// string type is defined (i.e. ::string). Now, let's suppose that ::string
// is different that std::string and you'd like to have the option to easily
// choose between the two string types. Ideally you'd like to control which
// string type is chosen by simply #defining an identifier.
//
// The solution:
// -------------
// #define HAS_GLOBAL_STRING somewhere in a global header file and then
// globally replace std::string with string. Then include this header
// file everywhere where string is used. If you want to revert back to
// using std::string, simply remove the #define (HAS_GLOBAL_STRING).
#ifndef THIRD_PARTY_BREAKPAD_SRC_COMMON_USING_STD_STRING_H_
#define THIRD_PARTY_BREAKPAD_SRC_COMMON_USING_STD_STRING_H_
#ifdef HAS_GLOBAL_STRING
typedef ::string google_breakpad_string;
#else
using std::string;
typedef std::string google_breakpad_string;
#endif
// Inicates that type google_breakpad_string is defined
#define HAS_GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_STRING
#endif // THIRD_PARTY_BREAKPAD_SRC_COMMON_USING_STD_STRING_H_

68
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/breakpad_types.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
/* Copyright (c) 2006, Google Inc.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
* met:
*
* * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
* copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
* in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
* distribution.
* * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
* contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
* this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
* "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
* LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
* A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
* OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
* SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
* DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
* THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */
/* breakpad_types.h: Precise-width types
*
* (This is C99 source, please don't corrupt it with C++.)
*
* This file ensures that types uintN_t are defined for N = 8, 16, 32, and
* 64. Types of precise widths are crucial to the task of writing data
* structures on one platform and reading them on another.
*
* Author: Mark Mentovai */
#ifndef GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_BREAKPAD_TYPES_H__
#define GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_BREAKPAD_TYPES_H__
#if (defined(_INTTYPES_H) || defined(_INTTYPES_H_)) && \
!defined(__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS)
#error "inttypes.h has already been included before this header file, but "
#error "without __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS defined."
#endif
#ifndef __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS
#define __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS
#endif /* __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS */
#include <inttypes.h>
typedef struct {
uint64_t high;
uint64_t low;
} uint128_struct;
typedef uint64_t breakpad_time_t;
/* Try to get PRIx64 from inttypes.h, but if it's not defined, fall back to
* llx, which is the format string for "long long" - this is a 64-bit
* integral type on many systems. */
#ifndef PRIx64
#define PRIx64 "llx"
#endif /* !PRIx64 */
#endif /* GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_BREAKPAD_TYPES_H__ */

235
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_amd64.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
/* Copyright (c) 2006, Google Inc.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
* met:
*
* * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
* copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
* in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
* distribution.
* * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
* contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
* this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
* "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
* LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
* A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
* OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
* SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
* DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
* THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */
/* minidump_format.h: A cross-platform reimplementation of minidump-related
* portions of DbgHelp.h from the Windows Platform SDK.
*
* (This is C99 source, please don't corrupt it with C++.)
*
* This file contains the necessary definitions to read minidump files
* produced on amd64. These files may be read on any platform provided
* that the alignments of these structures on the processing system are
* identical to the alignments of these structures on the producing system.
* For this reason, precise-sized types are used. The structures defined
* by this file have been laid out to minimize alignment problems by ensuring
* ensuring that all members are aligned on their natural boundaries. In
* In some cases, tail-padding may be significant when different ABIs specify
* different tail-padding behaviors. To avoid problems when reading or
* writing affected structures, MD_*_SIZE macros are provided where needed,
* containing the useful size of the structures without padding.
*
* Structures that are defined by Microsoft to contain a zero-length array
* are instead defined here to contain an array with one element, as
* zero-length arrays are forbidden by standard C and C++. In these cases,
* *_minsize constants are provided to be used in place of sizeof. For a
* cleaner interface to these sizes when using C++, see minidump_size.h.
*
* These structures are also sufficient to populate minidump files.
*
* These definitions may be extended to support handling minidump files
* for other CPUs and other operating systems.
*
* Because precise data type sizes are crucial for this implementation to
* function properly and portably in terms of interoperability with minidumps
* produced by DbgHelp on Windows, a set of primitive types with known sizes
* are used as the basis of each structure defined by this file. DbgHelp
* on Windows is assumed to be the reference implementation; this file
* seeks to provide a cross-platform compatible implementation. To avoid
* collisions with the types and values defined and used by DbgHelp in the
* event that this implementation is used on Windows, each type and value
* defined here is given a new name, beginning with "MD". Names of the
* equivalent types and values in the Windows Platform SDK are given in
* comments.
*
* Author: Mark Mentovai
* Change to split into its own file: Neal Sidhwaney */
#ifndef GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_AMD64_H__
#define GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_AMD64_H__
/*
* AMD64 support, see WINNT.H
*/
typedef struct {
uint16_t control_word;
uint16_t status_word;
uint8_t tag_word;
uint8_t reserved1;
uint16_t error_opcode;
uint32_t error_offset;
uint16_t error_selector;
uint16_t reserved2;
uint32_t data_offset;
uint16_t data_selector;
uint16_t reserved3;
uint32_t mx_csr;
uint32_t mx_csr_mask;
uint128_struct float_registers[8];
uint128_struct xmm_registers[16];
uint8_t reserved4[96];
} MDXmmSaveArea32AMD64; /* XMM_SAVE_AREA32 */
#define MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_VR_COUNT 26
typedef struct {
/*
* Register parameter home addresses.
*/
uint64_t p1_home;
uint64_t p2_home;
uint64_t p3_home;
uint64_t p4_home;
uint64_t p5_home;
uint64_t p6_home;
/* The next field determines the layout of the structure, and which parts
* of it are populated */
uint32_t context_flags;
uint32_t mx_csr;
/* The next register is included with MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_CONTROL */
uint16_t cs;
/* The next 4 registers are included with MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_SEGMENTS */
uint16_t ds;
uint16_t es;
uint16_t fs;
uint16_t gs;
/* The next 2 registers are included with MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_CONTROL */
uint16_t ss;
uint32_t eflags;
/* The next 6 registers are included with MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_DEBUG_REGISTERS */
uint64_t dr0;
uint64_t dr1;
uint64_t dr2;
uint64_t dr3;
uint64_t dr6;
uint64_t dr7;
/* The next 4 registers are included with MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_INTEGER */
uint64_t rax;
uint64_t rcx;
uint64_t rdx;
uint64_t rbx;
/* The next register is included with MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_CONTROL */
uint64_t rsp;
/* The next 11 registers are included with MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_INTEGER */
uint64_t rbp;
uint64_t rsi;
uint64_t rdi;
uint64_t r8;
uint64_t r9;
uint64_t r10;
uint64_t r11;
uint64_t r12;
uint64_t r13;
uint64_t r14;
uint64_t r15;
/* The next register is included with MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_CONTROL */
uint64_t rip;
/* The next set of registers are included with
* MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_FLOATING_POINT
*/
union {
MDXmmSaveArea32AMD64 flt_save;
struct {
uint128_struct header[2];
uint128_struct legacy[8];
uint128_struct xmm0;
uint128_struct xmm1;
uint128_struct xmm2;
uint128_struct xmm3;
uint128_struct xmm4;
uint128_struct xmm5;
uint128_struct xmm6;
uint128_struct xmm7;
uint128_struct xmm8;
uint128_struct xmm9;
uint128_struct xmm10;
uint128_struct xmm11;
uint128_struct xmm12;
uint128_struct xmm13;
uint128_struct xmm14;
uint128_struct xmm15;
} sse_registers;
};
uint128_struct vector_register[MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_VR_COUNT];
uint64_t vector_control;
/* The next 5 registers are included with MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_DEBUG_REGISTERS */
uint64_t debug_control;
uint64_t last_branch_to_rip;
uint64_t last_branch_from_rip;
uint64_t last_exception_to_rip;
uint64_t last_exception_from_rip;
} MDRawContextAMD64; /* CONTEXT */
/* For (MDRawContextAMD64).context_flags. These values indicate the type of
* context stored in the structure. The high 24 bits identify the CPU, the
* low 8 bits identify the type of context saved. */
#define MD_CONTEXT_AMD64 0x00100000 /* CONTEXT_AMD64 */
#define MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_CONTROL (MD_CONTEXT_AMD64 | 0x00000001)
/* CONTEXT_CONTROL */
#define MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_INTEGER (MD_CONTEXT_AMD64 | 0x00000002)
/* CONTEXT_INTEGER */
#define MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_SEGMENTS (MD_CONTEXT_AMD64 | 0x00000004)
/* CONTEXT_SEGMENTS */
#define MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_FLOATING_POINT (MD_CONTEXT_AMD64 | 0x00000008)
/* CONTEXT_FLOATING_POINT */
#define MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_DEBUG_REGISTERS (MD_CONTEXT_AMD64 | 0x00000010)
/* CONTEXT_DEBUG_REGISTERS */
#define MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_XSTATE (MD_CONTEXT_AMD64 | 0x00000040)
/* CONTEXT_XSTATE */
/* WinNT.h refers to CONTEXT_MMX_REGISTERS but doesn't appear to define it
* I think it really means CONTEXT_FLOATING_POINT.
*/
#define MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_FULL (MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_CONTROL | \
MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_INTEGER | \
MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_FLOATING_POINT)
/* CONTEXT_FULL */
#define MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_ALL (MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_FULL | \
MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_SEGMENTS | \
MD_CONTEXT_X86_DEBUG_REGISTERS)
/* CONTEXT_ALL */
#endif /* GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_AMD64_H__ */

151
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_arm.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
/* Copyright (c) 2009, Google Inc.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
* met:
*
* * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
* copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
* in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
* distribution.
* * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
* contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
* this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
* "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
* LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
* A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
* OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
* SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
* DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
* THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */
/* minidump_format.h: A cross-platform reimplementation of minidump-related
* portions of DbgHelp.h from the Windows Platform SDK.
*
* (This is C99 source, please don't corrupt it with C++.)
*
* This file contains the necessary definitions to read minidump files
* produced on ARM. These files may be read on any platform provided
* that the alignments of these structures on the processing system are
* identical to the alignments of these structures on the producing system.
* For this reason, precise-sized types are used. The structures defined
* by this file have been laid out to minimize alignment problems by
* ensuring that all members are aligned on their natural boundaries.
* In some cases, tail-padding may be significant when different ABIs specify
* different tail-padding behaviors. To avoid problems when reading or
* writing affected structures, MD_*_SIZE macros are provided where needed,
* containing the useful size of the structures without padding.
*
* Structures that are defined by Microsoft to contain a zero-length array
* are instead defined here to contain an array with one element, as
* zero-length arrays are forbidden by standard C and C++. In these cases,
* *_minsize constants are provided to be used in place of sizeof. For a
* cleaner interface to these sizes when using C++, see minidump_size.h.
*
* These structures are also sufficient to populate minidump files.
*
* Because precise data type sizes are crucial for this implementation to
* function properly and portably, a set of primitive types with known sizes
* are used as the basis of each structure defined by this file.
*
* Author: Julian Seward
*/
/*
* ARM support
*/
#ifndef GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_ARM_H__
#define GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_ARM_H__
#define MD_FLOATINGSAVEAREA_ARM_FPR_COUNT 32
#define MD_FLOATINGSAVEAREA_ARM_FPEXTRA_COUNT 8
/*
* Note that these structures *do not* map directly to the CONTEXT
* structure defined in WinNT.h in the Windows Mobile SDK. That structure
* does not accomodate VFPv3, and I'm unsure if it was ever used in the
* wild anyway, as Windows CE only seems to produce "cedumps" which
* are not exactly minidumps.
*/
typedef struct {
uint64_t fpscr; /* FPU status register */
/* 32 64-bit floating point registers, d0 .. d31. */
uint64_t regs[MD_FLOATINGSAVEAREA_ARM_FPR_COUNT];
/* Miscellaneous control words */
uint32_t extra[MD_FLOATINGSAVEAREA_ARM_FPEXTRA_COUNT];
} MDFloatingSaveAreaARM;
#define MD_CONTEXT_ARM_GPR_COUNT 16
typedef struct {
/* The next field determines the layout of the structure, and which parts
* of it are populated
*/
uint32_t context_flags;
/* 16 32-bit integer registers, r0 .. r15
* Note the following fixed uses:
* r13 is the stack pointer
* r14 is the link register
* r15 is the program counter
*/
uint32_t iregs[MD_CONTEXT_ARM_GPR_COUNT];
/* CPSR (flags, basically): 32 bits:
bit 31 - N (negative)
bit 30 - Z (zero)
bit 29 - C (carry)
bit 28 - V (overflow)
bit 27 - Q (saturation flag, sticky)
All other fields -- ignore */
uint32_t cpsr;
/* The next field is included with MD_CONTEXT_ARM_FLOATING_POINT */
MDFloatingSaveAreaARM float_save;
} MDRawContextARM;
/* Indices into iregs for registers with a dedicated or conventional
* purpose.
*/
enum MDARMRegisterNumbers {
MD_CONTEXT_ARM_REG_IOS_FP = 7,
MD_CONTEXT_ARM_REG_FP = 11,
MD_CONTEXT_ARM_REG_SP = 13,
MD_CONTEXT_ARM_REG_LR = 14,
MD_CONTEXT_ARM_REG_PC = 15
};
/* For (MDRawContextARM).context_flags. These values indicate the type of
* context stored in the structure. */
/* CONTEXT_ARM from the Windows CE 5.0 SDK. This value isn't correct
* because this bit can be used for flags. Presumably this value was
* never actually used in minidumps, but only in "CEDumps" which
* are a whole parallel minidump file format for Windows CE.
* Therefore, Breakpad defines its own value for ARM CPUs.
*/
#define MD_CONTEXT_ARM_OLD 0x00000040
/* This value was chosen to avoid likely conflicts with MD_CONTEXT_*
* for other CPUs. */
#define MD_CONTEXT_ARM 0x40000000
#define MD_CONTEXT_ARM_INTEGER (MD_CONTEXT_ARM | 0x00000002)
#define MD_CONTEXT_ARM_FLOATING_POINT (MD_CONTEXT_ARM | 0x00000004)
#define MD_CONTEXT_ARM_FULL (MD_CONTEXT_ARM_INTEGER | \
MD_CONTEXT_ARM_FLOATING_POINT)
#define MD_CONTEXT_ARM_ALL (MD_CONTEXT_ARM_INTEGER | \
MD_CONTEXT_ARM_FLOATING_POINT)
#endif /* GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_ARM_H__ */

192
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_arm64.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
/* Copyright 2013 Google Inc.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
* met:
*
* * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
* copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
* in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
* distribution.
* * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
* contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
* this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
* "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
* LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
* A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
* OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
* SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
* DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
* THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */
/* minidump_format.h: A cross-platform reimplementation of minidump-related
* portions of DbgHelp.h from the Windows Platform SDK.
*
* (This is C99 source, please don't corrupt it with C++.)
*
* This file contains the necessary definitions to read minidump files
* produced on ARM. These files may be read on any platform provided
* that the alignments of these structures on the processing system are
* identical to the alignments of these structures on the producing system.
* For this reason, precise-sized types are used. The structures defined
* by this file have been laid out to minimize alignment problems by
* ensuring that all members are aligned on their natural boundaries.
* In some cases, tail-padding may be significant when different ABIs specify
* different tail-padding behaviors. To avoid problems when reading or
* writing affected structures, MD_*_SIZE macros are provided where needed,
* containing the useful size of the structures without padding.
*
* Structures that are defined by Microsoft to contain a zero-length array
* are instead defined here to contain an array with one element, as
* zero-length arrays are forbidden by standard C and C++. In these cases,
* *_minsize constants are provided to be used in place of sizeof. For a
* cleaner interface to these sizes when using C++, see minidump_size.h.
*
* These structures are also sufficient to populate minidump files.
*
* Because precise data type sizes are crucial for this implementation to
* function properly and portably, a set of primitive types with known sizes
* are used as the basis of each structure defined by this file.
*
* Author: Colin Blundell
*/
/*
* ARM64 support
*/
#ifndef GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_ARM64_H__
#define GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_ARM64_H__
#include "google_breakpad/common/breakpad_types.h"
#define MD_FLOATINGSAVEAREA_ARM64_FPR_COUNT 32
#define MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_GPR_COUNT 33
typedef struct {
/* 32 128-bit floating point registers, d0 .. d31. */
uint128_struct regs[MD_FLOATINGSAVEAREA_ARM64_FPR_COUNT];
uint32_t fpcr; /* FPU control register */
uint32_t fpsr; /* FPU status register */
} MDFloatingSaveAreaARM64;
/* For (MDRawContextARM64).context_flags. These values indicate the type of
* context stored in the structure. */
#define MD_CONTEXT_ARM64 0x00400000
#define MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_CONTROL (MD_CONTEXT_ARM64 | 0x00000001)
#define MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_INTEGER (MD_CONTEXT_ARM64 | 0x00000002)
#define MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_FLOATING_POINT (MD_CONTEXT_ARM64 | 0x00000004)
#define MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_DEBUG (MD_CONTEXT_ARM64 | 0x00000008)
#define MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_FULL (MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_CONTROL | \
MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_INTEGER | \
MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_FLOATING_POINT)
#define MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_ALL (MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_FULL | MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_DEBUG)
typedef struct {
/* Determines which fields of this struct are populated */
uint32_t context_flags;
/* CPSR (flags, basically): 32 bits:
bit 31 - N (negative)
bit 30 - Z (zero)
bit 29 - C (carry)
bit 28 - V (overflow)
bit 27 - Q (saturation flag, sticky)
All other fields -- ignore */
uint32_t cpsr;
/* 33 64-bit integer registers, x0 .. x31 + the PC
* Note the following fixed uses:
* x29 is the frame pointer
* x30 is the link register
* x31 is the stack pointer
* The PC is effectively x32.
*/
uint64_t iregs[MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_GPR_COUNT];
/* The next field is included with MD_CONTEXT64_ARM_FLOATING_POINT */
MDFloatingSaveAreaARM64 float_save;
uint32_t bcr[8];
uint64_t bvr[8];
uint32_t wcr[2];
uint64_t wvr[2];
} MDRawContextARM64;
typedef struct {
uint32_t fpsr; /* FPU status register */
uint32_t fpcr; /* FPU control register */
/* 32 128-bit floating point registers, d0 .. d31. */
uint128_struct regs[MD_FLOATINGSAVEAREA_ARM64_FPR_COUNT];
} MDFloatingSaveAreaARM64_Old;
/* Use the same 32-bit alignment when accessing this structure from 64-bit code
* as is used natively in 32-bit code. */
#pragma pack(push, 4)
typedef struct {
/* The next field determines the layout of the structure, and which parts
* of it are populated
*/
uint64_t context_flags;
/* 33 64-bit integer registers, x0 .. x31 + the PC
* Note the following fixed uses:
* x29 is the frame pointer
* x30 is the link register
* x31 is the stack pointer
* The PC is effectively x32.
*/
uint64_t iregs[MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_GPR_COUNT];
/* CPSR (flags, basically): 32 bits:
bit 31 - N (negative)
bit 30 - Z (zero)
bit 29 - C (carry)
bit 28 - V (overflow)
bit 27 - Q (saturation flag, sticky)
All other fields -- ignore */
uint32_t cpsr;
/* The next field is included with MD_CONTEXT64_ARM_FLOATING_POINT */
MDFloatingSaveAreaARM64_Old float_save;
} MDRawContextARM64_Old;
#pragma pack(pop)
/* Indices into iregs for registers with a dedicated or conventional
* purpose.
*/
enum MDARM64RegisterNumbers {
MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_REG_FP = 29,
MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_REG_LR = 30,
MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_REG_SP = 31,
MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_REG_PC = 32
};
/* For (MDRawContextARM64_Old).context_flags. These values indicate the type of
* context stored in the structure. MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_OLD is Breakpad-defined.
* This value was chosen to avoid likely conflicts with MD_CONTEXT_*
* for other CPUs. */
#define MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_OLD 0x80000000
#define MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_INTEGER_OLD (MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_OLD | 0x00000002)
#define MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_FLOATING_POINT_OLD (MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_OLD | 0x00000004)
#define MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_FULL_OLD (MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_INTEGER_OLD | \
MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_FLOATING_POINT_OLD)
#define MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_ALL_OLD (MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_INTEGER_OLD | \
MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_FLOATING_POINT_OLD)
#endif /* GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_ARM64_H__ */

176
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_mips.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
/* Copyright (c) 2013, Google Inc.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
* met:
*
* * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
* copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
* in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
* distribution.
* * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
* contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
* this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
* "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
* LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
* A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
* OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
* SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
* DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
* THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */
/* minidump_format.h: A cross-platform reimplementation of minidump-related
* portions of DbgHelp.h from the Windows Platform SDK.
*
* (This is C99 source, please don't corrupt it with C++.)
*
* This file contains the necessary definitions to read minidump files
* produced on MIPS. These files may be read on any platform provided
* that the alignments of these structures on the processing system are
* identical to the alignments of these structures on the producing system.
* For this reason, precise-sized types are used. The structures defined
* by this file have been laid out to minimize alignment problems by
* ensuring that all members are aligned on their natural boundaries.
* In some cases, tail-padding may be significant when different ABIs specify
* different tail-padding behaviors. To avoid problems when reading or
* writing affected structures, MD_*_SIZE macros are provided where needed,
* containing the useful size of the structures without padding.
*
* Structures that are defined by Microsoft to contain a zero-length array
* are instead defined here to contain an array with one element, as
* zero-length arrays are forbidden by standard C and C++. In these cases,
* *_minsize constants are provided to be used in place of sizeof. For a
* cleaner interface to these sizes when using C++, see minidump_size.h.
*
* These structures are also sufficient to populate minidump files.
*
* Because precise data type sizes are crucial for this implementation to
* function properly and portably, a set of primitive types with known sizes
* are used as the basis of each structure defined by this file.
*
* Author: Chris Dearman
*/
/*
* MIPS support
*/
#ifndef GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_MIPS_H__
#define GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_MIPS_H__
#define MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_GPR_COUNT 32
#define MD_FLOATINGSAVEAREA_MIPS_FPR_COUNT 32
#define MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_DSP_COUNT 3
/*
* Note that these structures *do not* map directly to the CONTEXT
* structure defined in WinNT.h in the Windows Mobile SDK. That structure
* does not accomodate VFPv3, and I'm unsure if it was ever used in the
* wild anyway, as Windows CE only seems to produce "cedumps" which
* are not exactly minidumps.
*/
typedef struct {
/* 32 64-bit floating point registers, f0..f31 */
uint64_t regs[MD_FLOATINGSAVEAREA_MIPS_FPR_COUNT];
uint32_t fpcsr; /* FPU status register. */
uint32_t fir; /* FPU implementation register. */
} MDFloatingSaveAreaMIPS;
typedef struct {
/* The next field determines the layout of the structure, and which parts
* of it are populated.
*/
uint32_t context_flags;
uint32_t _pad0;
/* 32 64-bit integer registers, r0..r31.
* Note the following fixed uses:
* r29 is the stack pointer.
* r31 is the return address.
*/
uint64_t iregs[MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_GPR_COUNT];
/* multiply/divide result. */
uint64_t mdhi, mdlo;
/* DSP accumulators. */
uint32_t hi[MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_DSP_COUNT];
uint32_t lo[MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_DSP_COUNT];
uint32_t dsp_control;
uint32_t _pad1;
uint64_t epc;
uint64_t badvaddr;
uint32_t status;
uint32_t cause;
/* The next field is included with MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_FLOATING_POINT. */
MDFloatingSaveAreaMIPS float_save;
} MDRawContextMIPS;
/* Indices into iregs for registers with a dedicated or conventional
* purpose.
*/
enum MDMIPSRegisterNumbers {
MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_REG_S0 = 16,
MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_REG_S1 = 17,
MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_REG_S2 = 18,
MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_REG_S3 = 19,
MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_REG_S4 = 20,
MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_REG_S5 = 21,
MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_REG_S6 = 22,
MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_REG_S7 = 23,
MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_REG_GP = 28,
MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_REG_SP = 29,
MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_REG_FP = 30,
MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_REG_RA = 31,
};
/* For (MDRawContextMIPS).context_flags. These values indicate the type of
* context stored in the structure. */
/* CONTEXT_MIPS from the Windows CE 5.0 SDK. This value isn't correct
* because this bit can be used for flags. Presumably this value was
* never actually used in minidumps, but only in "CEDumps" which
* are a whole parallel minidump file format for Windows CE.
* Therefore, Breakpad defines its own value for MIPS CPUs.
*/
#define MD_CONTEXT_MIPS 0x00040000
#define MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_INTEGER (MD_CONTEXT_MIPS | 0x00000002)
#define MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_FLOATING_POINT (MD_CONTEXT_MIPS | 0x00000004)
#define MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_DSP (MD_CONTEXT_MIPS | 0x00000008)
#define MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_FULL (MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_INTEGER | \
MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_FLOATING_POINT | \
MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_DSP)
#define MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_ALL (MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_INTEGER | \
MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_FLOATING_POINT \
MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_DSP)
/**
* Breakpad defines for MIPS64
*/
#define MD_CONTEXT_MIPS64 0x00080000
#define MD_CONTEXT_MIPS64_INTEGER (MD_CONTEXT_MIPS64 | 0x00000002)
#define MD_CONTEXT_MIPS64_FLOATING_POINT (MD_CONTEXT_MIPS64 | 0x00000004)
#define MD_CONTEXT_MIPS64_DSP (MD_CONTEXT_MIPS64 | 0x00000008)
#define MD_CONTEXT_MIPS64_FULL (MD_CONTEXT_MIPS64_INTEGER | \
MD_CONTEXT_MIPS64_FLOATING_POINT | \
MD_CONTEXT_MIPS64_DSP)
#define MD_CONTEXT_MIPS64_ALL (MD_CONTEXT_MIPS64_INTEGER | \
MD_CONTEXT_MIPS64_FLOATING_POINT \
MD_CONTEXT_MIPS64_DSP)
#endif // GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_MIPS_H__

168
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_ppc.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
/* Copyright (c) 2006, Google Inc.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
* met:
*
* * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
* copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
* in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
* distribution.
* * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
* contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
* this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
* "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
* LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
* A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
* OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
* SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
* DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
* THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */
/* minidump_format.h: A cross-platform reimplementation of minidump-related
* portions of DbgHelp.h from the Windows Platform SDK.
*
* (This is C99 source, please don't corrupt it with C++.)
*
* This file contains the necessary definitions to read minidump files
* produced on ppc. These files may be read on any platform provided
* that the alignments of these structures on the processing system are
* identical to the alignments of these structures on the producing system.
* For this reason, precise-sized types are used. The structures defined
* by this file have been laid out to minimize alignment problems by ensuring
* ensuring that all members are aligned on their natural boundaries. In
* In some cases, tail-padding may be significant when different ABIs specify
* different tail-padding behaviors. To avoid problems when reading or
* writing affected structures, MD_*_SIZE macros are provided where needed,
* containing the useful size of the structures without padding.
*
* Structures that are defined by Microsoft to contain a zero-length array
* are instead defined here to contain an array with one element, as
* zero-length arrays are forbidden by standard C and C++. In these cases,
* *_minsize constants are provided to be used in place of sizeof. For a
* cleaner interface to these sizes when using C++, see minidump_size.h.
*
* These structures are also sufficient to populate minidump files.
*
* These definitions may be extended to support handling minidump files
* for other CPUs and other operating systems.
*
* Because precise data type sizes are crucial for this implementation to
* function properly and portably in terms of interoperability with minidumps
* produced by DbgHelp on Windows, a set of primitive types with known sizes
* are used as the basis of each structure defined by this file. DbgHelp
* on Windows is assumed to be the reference implementation; this file
* seeks to provide a cross-platform compatible implementation. To avoid
* collisions with the types and values defined and used by DbgHelp in the
* event that this implementation is used on Windows, each type and value
* defined here is given a new name, beginning with "MD". Names of the
* equivalent types and values in the Windows Platform SDK are given in
* comments.
*
* Author: Mark Mentovai
* Change to split into its own file: Neal Sidhwaney */
/*
* Breakpad minidump extension for PowerPC support. Based on Darwin/Mac OS X'
* mach/ppc/_types.h
*/
#ifndef GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_PPC_H__
#define GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_PPC_H__
#define MD_FLOATINGSAVEAREA_PPC_FPR_COUNT 32
typedef struct {
/* fpregs is a double[32] in mach/ppc/_types.h, but a uint64_t is used
* here for precise sizing. */
uint64_t fpregs[MD_FLOATINGSAVEAREA_PPC_FPR_COUNT];
uint32_t fpscr_pad;
uint32_t fpscr; /* Status/control */
} MDFloatingSaveAreaPPC; /* Based on ppc_float_state */
#define MD_VECTORSAVEAREA_PPC_VR_COUNT 32
typedef struct {
/* Vector registers (including vscr) are 128 bits, but mach/ppc/_types.h
* exposes them as four 32-bit quantities. */
uint128_struct save_vr[MD_VECTORSAVEAREA_PPC_VR_COUNT];
uint128_struct save_vscr; /* Status/control */
uint32_t save_pad5[4];
uint32_t save_vrvalid; /* Indicates which vector registers are saved */
uint32_t save_pad6[7];
} MDVectorSaveAreaPPC; /* ppc_vector_state */
#define MD_CONTEXT_PPC_GPR_COUNT 32
/* Use the same 32-bit alignment when accessing this structure from 64-bit code
* as is used natively in 32-bit code. #pragma pack is a MSVC extension
* supported by gcc. */
#if defined(__SUNPRO_C) || defined(__SUNPRO_CC)
#pragma pack(4)
#else
#pragma pack(push, 4)
#endif
typedef struct {
/* context_flags is not present in ppc_thread_state, but it aids
* identification of MDRawContextPPC among other raw context types,
* and it guarantees alignment when we get to float_save. */
uint32_t context_flags;
uint32_t srr0; /* Machine status save/restore: stores pc
* (instruction) */
uint32_t srr1; /* Machine status save/restore: stores msr
* (ps, program/machine state) */
/* ppc_thread_state contains 32 fields, r0 .. r31. Here, an array is
* used for brevity. */
uint32_t gpr[MD_CONTEXT_PPC_GPR_COUNT];
uint32_t cr; /* Condition */
uint32_t xer; /* Integer (fiXed-point) exception */
uint32_t lr; /* Link */
uint32_t ctr; /* Count */
uint32_t mq; /* Multiply/Quotient (PPC 601, POWER only) */
uint32_t vrsave; /* Vector save */
/* float_save and vector_save aren't present in ppc_thread_state, but
* are represented in separate structures that still define a thread's
* context. */
MDFloatingSaveAreaPPC float_save;
MDVectorSaveAreaPPC vector_save;
} MDRawContextPPC; /* Based on ppc_thread_state */
/* Indices into gpr for registers with a dedicated or conventional purpose. */
enum MDPPCRegisterNumbers {
MD_CONTEXT_PPC_REG_SP = 1
};
#if defined(__SUNPRO_C) || defined(__SUNPRO_CC)
#pragma pack(0)
#else
#pragma pack(pop)
#endif
/* For (MDRawContextPPC).context_flags. These values indicate the type of
* context stored in the structure. MD_CONTEXT_PPC is Breakpad-defined. Its
* value was chosen to avoid likely conflicts with MD_CONTEXT_* for other
* CPUs. */
#define MD_CONTEXT_PPC 0x20000000
#define MD_CONTEXT_PPC_BASE (MD_CONTEXT_PPC | 0x00000001)
#define MD_CONTEXT_PPC_FLOATING_POINT (MD_CONTEXT_PPC | 0x00000008)
#define MD_CONTEXT_PPC_VECTOR (MD_CONTEXT_PPC | 0x00000020)
#define MD_CONTEXT_PPC_FULL MD_CONTEXT_PPC_BASE
#define MD_CONTEXT_PPC_ALL (MD_CONTEXT_PPC_FULL | \
MD_CONTEXT_PPC_FLOATING_POINT | \
MD_CONTEXT_PPC_VECTOR)
#endif /* GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_PPC_H__ */

134
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_ppc64.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
/* Copyright (c) 2008, Google Inc.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
* met:
*
* * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
* copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
* in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
* distribution.
* * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
* contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
* this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
* "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
* LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
* A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
* OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
* SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
* DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
* THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */
/* minidump_format.h: A cross-platform reimplementation of minidump-related
* portions of DbgHelp.h from the Windows Platform SDK.
*
* (This is C99 source, please don't corrupt it with C++.)
*
* This file contains the necessary definitions to read minidump files
* produced on ppc64. These files may be read on any platform provided
* that the alignments of these structures on the processing system are
* identical to the alignments of these structures on the producing system.
* For this reason, precise-sized types are used. The structures defined
* by this file have been laid out to minimize alignment problems by ensuring
* ensuring that all members are aligned on their natural boundaries. In
* In some cases, tail-padding may be significant when different ABIs specify
* different tail-padding behaviors. To avoid problems when reading or
* writing affected structures, MD_*_SIZE macros are provided where needed,
* containing the useful size of the structures without padding.
*
* Structures that are defined by Microsoft to contain a zero-length array
* are instead defined here to contain an array with one element, as
* zero-length arrays are forbidden by standard C and C++. In these cases,
* *_minsize constants are provided to be used in place of sizeof. For a
* cleaner interface to these sizes when using C++, see minidump_size.h.
*
* These structures are also sufficient to populate minidump files.
*
* These definitions may be extended to support handling minidump files
* for other CPUs and other operating systems.
*
* Because precise data type sizes are crucial for this implementation to
* function properly and portably in terms of interoperability with minidumps
* produced by DbgHelp on Windows, a set of primitive types with known sizes
* are used as the basis of each structure defined by this file. DbgHelp
* on Windows is assumed to be the reference implementation; this file
* seeks to provide a cross-platform compatible implementation. To avoid
* collisions with the types and values defined and used by DbgHelp in the
* event that this implementation is used on Windows, each type and value
* defined here is given a new name, beginning with "MD". Names of the
* equivalent types and values in the Windows Platform SDK are given in
* comments.
*
* Author: Neal Sidhwaney */
/*
* Breakpad minidump extension for PPC64 support. Based on Darwin/Mac OS X'
* mach/ppc/_types.h
*/
#ifndef GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_PPC64_H__
#define GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_PPC64_H__
#include "minidump_cpu_ppc.h"
// these types are the same in ppc64 & ppc
typedef MDFloatingSaveAreaPPC MDFloatingSaveAreaPPC64;
typedef MDVectorSaveAreaPPC MDVectorSaveAreaPPC64;
#define MD_CONTEXT_PPC64_GPR_COUNT MD_CONTEXT_PPC_GPR_COUNT
typedef struct {
/* context_flags is not present in ppc_thread_state, but it aids
* identification of MDRawContextPPC among other raw context types,
* and it guarantees alignment when we get to float_save. */
uint64_t context_flags;
uint64_t srr0; /* Machine status save/restore: stores pc
* (instruction) */
uint64_t srr1; /* Machine status save/restore: stores msr
* (ps, program/machine state) */
/* ppc_thread_state contains 32 fields, r0 .. r31. Here, an array is
* used for brevity. */
uint64_t gpr[MD_CONTEXT_PPC64_GPR_COUNT];
uint64_t cr; /* Condition */
uint64_t xer; /* Integer (fiXed-point) exception */
uint64_t lr; /* Link */
uint64_t ctr; /* Count */
uint64_t vrsave; /* Vector save */
/* float_save and vector_save aren't present in ppc_thread_state, but
* are represented in separate structures that still define a thread's
* context. */
MDFloatingSaveAreaPPC float_save;
MDVectorSaveAreaPPC vector_save;
} MDRawContextPPC64; /* Based on ppc_thread_state */
/* Indices into gpr for registers with a dedicated or conventional purpose. */
enum MDPPC64RegisterNumbers {
MD_CONTEXT_PPC64_REG_SP = 1
};
/* For (MDRawContextPPC).context_flags. These values indicate the type of
* context stored in the structure. MD_CONTEXT_PPC is Breakpad-defined. Its
* value was chosen to avoid likely conflicts with MD_CONTEXT_* for other
* CPUs. */
#define MD_CONTEXT_PPC64 0x01000000
#define MD_CONTEXT_PPC64_BASE (MD_CONTEXT_PPC64 | 0x00000001)
#define MD_CONTEXT_PPC64_FLOATING_POINT (MD_CONTEXT_PPC64 | 0x00000008)
#define MD_CONTEXT_PPC64_VECTOR (MD_CONTEXT_PPC64 | 0x00000020)
#define MD_CONTEXT_PPC64_FULL MD_CONTEXT_PPC64_BASE
#define MD_CONTEXT_PPC64_ALL (MD_CONTEXT_PPC64_FULL | \
MD_CONTEXT_PPC64_FLOATING_POINT | \
MD_CONTEXT_PPC64_VECTOR)
#endif /* GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_PPC64_H__ */

163
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_sparc.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
/* Copyright (c) 2006, Google Inc.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
* met:
*
* * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
* copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
* in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
* distribution.
* * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
* contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
* this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
* "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
* LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
* A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
* OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
* SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
* DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
* THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */
/* minidump_format.h: A cross-platform reimplementation of minidump-related
* portions of DbgHelp.h from the Windows Platform SDK.
*
* (This is C99 source, please don't corrupt it with C++.)
*
* This file contains the necessary definitions to read minidump files
* produced on sparc. These files may be read on any platform provided
* that the alignments of these structures on the processing system are
* identical to the alignments of these structures on the producing system.
* For this reason, precise-sized types are used. The structures defined
* by this file have been laid out to minimize alignment problems by ensuring
* ensuring that all members are aligned on their natural boundaries. In
* In some cases, tail-padding may be significant when different ABIs specify
* different tail-padding behaviors. To avoid problems when reading or
* writing affected structures, MD_*_SIZE macros are provided where needed,
* containing the useful size of the structures without padding.
*
* Structures that are defined by Microsoft to contain a zero-length array
* are instead defined here to contain an array with one element, as
* zero-length arrays are forbidden by standard C and C++. In these cases,
* *_minsize constants are provided to be used in place of sizeof. For a
* cleaner interface to these sizes when using C++, see minidump_size.h.
*
* These structures are also sufficient to populate minidump files.
*
* These definitions may be extended to support handling minidump files
* for other CPUs and other operating systems.
*
* Because precise data type sizes are crucial for this implementation to
* function properly and portably in terms of interoperability with minidumps
* produced by DbgHelp on Windows, a set of primitive types with known sizes
* are used as the basis of each structure defined by this file. DbgHelp
* on Windows is assumed to be the reference implementation; this file
* seeks to provide a cross-platform compatible implementation. To avoid
* collisions with the types and values defined and used by DbgHelp in the
* event that this implementation is used on Windows, each type and value
* defined here is given a new name, beginning with "MD". Names of the
* equivalent types and values in the Windows Platform SDK are given in
* comments.
*
* Author: Mark Mentovai
* Change to split into its own file: Neal Sidhwaney */
/*
* SPARC support, see (solaris)sys/procfs_isa.h also
*/
#ifndef GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_SPARC_H__
#define GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_SPARC_H__
#define MD_FLOATINGSAVEAREA_SPARC_FPR_COUNT 32
typedef struct {
/* FPU floating point regs */
uint64_t regs[MD_FLOATINGSAVEAREA_SPARC_FPR_COUNT];
uint64_t filler;
uint64_t fsr; /* FPU status register */
} MDFloatingSaveAreaSPARC; /* FLOATING_SAVE_AREA */
#define MD_CONTEXT_SPARC_GPR_COUNT 32
typedef struct {
/* The next field determines the layout of the structure, and which parts
* of it are populated
*/
uint32_t context_flags;
uint32_t flag_pad;
/*
* General register access (SPARC).
* Don't confuse definitions here with definitions in <sys/regset.h>.
* Registers are 32 bits for ILP32, 64 bits for LP64.
* SPARC V7/V8 is for 32bit, SPARC V9 is for 64bit
*/
/* 32 Integer working registers */
/* g_r[0-7] global registers(g0-g7)
* g_r[8-15] out registers(o0-o7)
* g_r[16-23] local registers(l0-l7)
* g_r[24-31] in registers(i0-i7)
*/
uint64_t g_r[MD_CONTEXT_SPARC_GPR_COUNT];
/* several control registers */
/* Processor State register(PSR) for SPARC V7/V8
* Condition Code register (CCR) for SPARC V9
*/
uint64_t ccr;
uint64_t pc; /* Program Counter register (PC) */
uint64_t npc; /* Next Program Counter register (nPC) */
uint64_t y; /* Y register (Y) */
/* Address Space Identifier register (ASI) for SPARC V9
* WIM for SPARC V7/V8
*/
uint64_t asi;
/* Floating-Point Registers State register (FPRS) for SPARC V9
* TBR for for SPARC V7/V8
*/
uint64_t fprs;
/* The next field is included with MD_CONTEXT_SPARC_FLOATING_POINT */
MDFloatingSaveAreaSPARC float_save;
} MDRawContextSPARC; /* CONTEXT_SPARC */
/* Indices into g_r for registers with a dedicated or conventional purpose. */
enum MDSPARCRegisterNumbers {
MD_CONTEXT_SPARC_REG_SP = 14
};
/* For (MDRawContextSPARC).context_flags. These values indicate the type of
* context stored in the structure. MD_CONTEXT_SPARC is Breakpad-defined. Its
* value was chosen to avoid likely conflicts with MD_CONTEXT_* for other
* CPUs. */
#define MD_CONTEXT_SPARC 0x10000000
#define MD_CONTEXT_SPARC_CONTROL (MD_CONTEXT_SPARC | 0x00000001)
#define MD_CONTEXT_SPARC_INTEGER (MD_CONTEXT_SPARC | 0x00000002)
#define MD_CONTEXT_SAPARC_FLOATING_POINT (MD_CONTEXT_SPARC | 0x00000004)
#define MD_CONTEXT_SAPARC_EXTRA (MD_CONTEXT_SPARC | 0x00000008)
#define MD_CONTEXT_SPARC_FULL (MD_CONTEXT_SPARC_CONTROL | \
MD_CONTEXT_SPARC_INTEGER)
#define MD_CONTEXT_SPARC_ALL (MD_CONTEXT_SPARC_FULL | \
MD_CONTEXT_SAPARC_FLOATING_POINT | \
MD_CONTEXT_SAPARC_EXTRA)
#endif /* GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_SPARC_H__ */

174
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_x86.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
/* Copyright (c) 2006, Google Inc.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
* met:
*
* * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
* copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
* in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
* distribution.
* * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
* contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
* this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
* "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
* LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
* A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
* OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
* SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
* DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
* THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */
/* minidump_format.h: A cross-platform reimplementation of minidump-related
* portions of DbgHelp.h from the Windows Platform SDK.
*
* (This is C99 source, please don't corrupt it with C++.)
*
* This file contains the necessary definitions to read minidump files
* produced on x86. These files may be read on any platform provided
* that the alignments of these structures on the processing system are
* identical to the alignments of these structures on the producing system.
* For this reason, precise-sized types are used. The structures defined
* by this file have been laid out to minimize alignment problems by ensuring
* ensuring that all members are aligned on their natural boundaries. In
* In some cases, tail-padding may be significant when different ABIs specify
* different tail-padding behaviors. To avoid problems when reading or
* writing affected structures, MD_*_SIZE macros are provided where needed,
* containing the useful size of the structures without padding.
*
* Structures that are defined by Microsoft to contain a zero-length array
* are instead defined here to contain an array with one element, as
* zero-length arrays are forbidden by standard C and C++. In these cases,
* *_minsize constants are provided to be used in place of sizeof. For a
* cleaner interface to these sizes when using C++, see minidump_size.h.
*
* These structures are also sufficient to populate minidump files.
*
* These definitions may be extended to support handling minidump files
* for other CPUs and other operating systems.
*
* Because precise data type sizes are crucial for this implementation to
* function properly and portably in terms of interoperability with minidumps
* produced by DbgHelp on Windows, a set of primitive types with known sizes
* are used as the basis of each structure defined by this file. DbgHelp
* on Windows is assumed to be the reference implementation; this file
* seeks to provide a cross-platform compatible implementation. To avoid
* collisions with the types and values defined and used by DbgHelp in the
* event that this implementation is used on Windows, each type and value
* defined here is given a new name, beginning with "MD". Names of the
* equivalent types and values in the Windows Platform SDK are given in
* comments.
*
* Author: Mark Mentovai */
#ifndef GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_X86_H__
#define GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_X86_H__
#define MD_FLOATINGSAVEAREA_X86_REGISTERAREA_SIZE 80
/* SIZE_OF_80387_REGISTERS */
typedef struct {
uint32_t control_word;
uint32_t status_word;
uint32_t tag_word;
uint32_t error_offset;
uint32_t error_selector;
uint32_t data_offset;
uint32_t data_selector;
/* register_area contains eight 80-bit (x87 "long double") quantities for
* floating-point registers %st0 (%mm0) through %st7 (%mm7). */
uint8_t register_area[MD_FLOATINGSAVEAREA_X86_REGISTERAREA_SIZE];
uint32_t cr0_npx_state;
} MDFloatingSaveAreaX86; /* FLOATING_SAVE_AREA */
#define MD_CONTEXT_X86_EXTENDED_REGISTERS_SIZE 512
/* MAXIMUM_SUPPORTED_EXTENSION */
typedef struct {
/* The next field determines the layout of the structure, and which parts
* of it are populated */
uint32_t context_flags;
/* The next 6 registers are included with MD_CONTEXT_X86_DEBUG_REGISTERS */
uint32_t dr0;
uint32_t dr1;
uint32_t dr2;
uint32_t dr3;
uint32_t dr6;
uint32_t dr7;
/* The next field is included with MD_CONTEXT_X86_FLOATING_POINT */
MDFloatingSaveAreaX86 float_save;
/* The next 4 registers are included with MD_CONTEXT_X86_SEGMENTS */
uint32_t gs;
uint32_t fs;
uint32_t es;
uint32_t ds;
/* The next 6 registers are included with MD_CONTEXT_X86_INTEGER */
uint32_t edi;
uint32_t esi;
uint32_t ebx;
uint32_t edx;
uint32_t ecx;
uint32_t eax;
/* The next 6 registers are included with MD_CONTEXT_X86_CONTROL */
uint32_t ebp;
uint32_t eip;
uint32_t cs; /* WinNT.h says "must be sanitized" */
uint32_t eflags; /* WinNT.h says "must be sanitized" */
uint32_t esp;
uint32_t ss;
/* The next field is included with MD_CONTEXT_X86_EXTENDED_REGISTERS.
* It contains vector (MMX/SSE) registers. It it laid out in the
* format used by the fxsave and fsrstor instructions, so it includes
* a copy of the x87 floating-point registers as well. See FXSAVE in
* "Intel Architecture Software Developer's Manual, Volume 2." */
uint8_t extended_registers[
MD_CONTEXT_X86_EXTENDED_REGISTERS_SIZE];
} MDRawContextX86; /* CONTEXT */
/* For (MDRawContextX86).context_flags. These values indicate the type of
* context stored in the structure. The high 24 bits identify the CPU, the
* low 8 bits identify the type of context saved. */
#define MD_CONTEXT_X86 0x00010000
/* CONTEXT_i386, CONTEXT_i486: identifies CPU */
#define MD_CONTEXT_X86_CONTROL (MD_CONTEXT_X86 | 0x00000001)
/* CONTEXT_CONTROL */
#define MD_CONTEXT_X86_INTEGER (MD_CONTEXT_X86 | 0x00000002)
/* CONTEXT_INTEGER */
#define MD_CONTEXT_X86_SEGMENTS (MD_CONTEXT_X86 | 0x00000004)
/* CONTEXT_SEGMENTS */
#define MD_CONTEXT_X86_FLOATING_POINT (MD_CONTEXT_X86 | 0x00000008)
/* CONTEXT_FLOATING_POINT */
#define MD_CONTEXT_X86_DEBUG_REGISTERS (MD_CONTEXT_X86 | 0x00000010)
/* CONTEXT_DEBUG_REGISTERS */
#define MD_CONTEXT_X86_EXTENDED_REGISTERS (MD_CONTEXT_X86 | 0x00000020)
/* CONTEXT_EXTENDED_REGISTERS */
#define MD_CONTEXT_X86_XSTATE (MD_CONTEXT_X86 | 0x00000040)
/* CONTEXT_XSTATE */
#define MD_CONTEXT_X86_FULL (MD_CONTEXT_X86_CONTROL | \
MD_CONTEXT_X86_INTEGER | \
MD_CONTEXT_X86_SEGMENTS)
/* CONTEXT_FULL */
#define MD_CONTEXT_X86_ALL (MD_CONTEXT_X86_FULL | \
MD_CONTEXT_X86_FLOATING_POINT | \
MD_CONTEXT_X86_DEBUG_REGISTERS | \
MD_CONTEXT_X86_EXTENDED_REGISTERS)
/* CONTEXT_ALL */
#endif /* GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_X86_H__ */

125
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_exception_linux.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
/* Copyright (c) 2006, Google Inc.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
* met:
*
* * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
* copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
* in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
* distribution.
* * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
* contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
* this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
* "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
* LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
* A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
* OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
* SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
* DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
* THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */
/* minidump_exception_linux.h: A definition of exception codes for
* Linux
*
* (This is C99 source, please don't corrupt it with C++.)
*
* Author: Mark Mentovai
* Split into its own file: Neal Sidhwaney */
#ifndef GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_EXCEPTION_LINUX_H__
#define GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_EXCEPTION_LINUX_H__
#include <stddef.h>
#include "google_breakpad/common/breakpad_types.h"
/* For (MDException).exception_code. These values come from bits/signum.h.
*/
typedef enum {
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGHUP = 1, /* Hangup (POSIX) */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGINT = 2, /* Interrupt (ANSI) */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGQUIT = 3, /* Quit (POSIX) */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGILL = 4, /* Illegal instruction (ANSI) */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGTRAP = 5, /* Trace trap (POSIX) */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGABRT = 6, /* Abort (ANSI) */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGBUS = 7, /* BUS error (4.2 BSD) */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGFPE = 8, /* Floating-point exception (ANSI) */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGKILL = 9, /* Kill, unblockable (POSIX) */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGUSR1 = 10, /* User-defined signal 1 (POSIX). */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGSEGV = 11, /* Segmentation violation (ANSI) */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGUSR2 = 12, /* User-defined signal 2 (POSIX) */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGPIPE = 13, /* Broken pipe (POSIX) */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGALRM = 14, /* Alarm clock (POSIX) */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGTERM = 15, /* Termination (ANSI) */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGSTKFLT = 16, /* Stack faultd */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGCHLD = 17, /* Child status has changed (POSIX) */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGCONT = 18, /* Continue (POSIX) */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGSTOP = 19, /* Stop, unblockable (POSIX) */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGTSTP = 20, /* Keyboard stop (POSIX) */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGTTIN = 21, /* Background read from tty (POSIX) */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGTTOU = 22, /* Background write to tty (POSIX) */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGURG = 23,
/* Urgent condition on socket (4.2 BSD) */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGXCPU = 24, /* CPU limit exceeded (4.2 BSD) */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGXFSZ = 25,
/* File size limit exceeded (4.2 BSD) */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGVTALRM = 26, /* Virtual alarm clock (4.2 BSD) */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGPROF = 27, /* Profiling alarm clock (4.2 BSD) */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGWINCH = 28, /* Window size change (4.3 BSD, Sun) */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGIO = 29, /* I/O now possible (4.2 BSD) */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGPWR = 30, /* Power failure restart (System V) */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGSYS = 31, /* Bad system call */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_DUMP_REQUESTED = 0xFFFFFFFF /* No exception,
dump requested. */
} MDExceptionCodeLinux;
/* For (MDException).exception_flags. These values come from
* asm-generic/siginfo.h.
*/
typedef enum {
/* SIGILL */
MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_ILL_ILLOPC = 1,
MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_ILL_ILLOPN = 2,
MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_ILL_ILLADR = 3,
MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_ILL_ILLTRP = 4,
MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_ILL_PRVOPC = 5,
MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_ILL_PRVREG = 6,
MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_ILL_COPROC = 7,
MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_ILL_BADSTK = 8,
/* SIGFPE */
MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_FPE_INTDIV = 1,
MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_FPE_INTOVF = 2,
MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_FPE_FLTDIV = 3,
MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_FPE_FLTOVF = 4,
MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_FPE_FLTUND = 5,
MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_FPE_FLTRES = 6,
MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_FPE_FLTINV = 7,
MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_FPE_FLTSUB = 8,
/* SIGSEGV */
MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_SEGV_MAPERR = 1,
MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_SEGV_ACCERR = 2,
MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_SEGV_BNDERR = 3,
MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_SEGV_PKUERR = 4,
/* SIGBUS */
MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_BUS_ADRALN = 1,
MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_BUS_ADRERR = 2,
MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_BUS_OBJERR = 3,
MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_BUS_MCEERR_AR = 4,
MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_BUS_MCEERR_AO = 5,
} MDExceptionFlagLinux;
#endif /* GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_EXCEPTION_LINUX_H__ */

207
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_exception_mac.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
/* Copyright (c) 2006, Google Inc.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
* met:
*
* * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
* copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
* in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
* distribution.
* * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
* contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
* this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
* "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
* LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
* A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
* OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
* SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
* DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
* THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */
/* minidump_exception_mac.h: A definition of exception codes for Mac
* OS X
*
* (This is C99 source, please don't corrupt it with C++.)
*
* Author: Mark Mentovai
* Split into its own file: Neal Sidhwaney */
#ifndef GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_EXCEPTION_MAC_H__
#define GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_EXCEPTION_MAC_H__
#include <stddef.h>
#include "google_breakpad/common/breakpad_types.h"
/* For (MDException).exception_code. Breakpad minidump extension for Mac OS X
* support. Based on Darwin/Mac OS X' mach/exception_types.h. This is
* what Mac OS X calls an "exception", not a "code". */
typedef enum {
/* Exception code. The high 16 bits of exception_code contains one of
* these values. */
MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_BAD_ACCESS = 1, /* code can be a kern_return_t */
/* EXC_BAD_ACCESS */
MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_BAD_INSTRUCTION = 2, /* code is CPU-specific */
/* EXC_BAD_INSTRUCTION */
MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_ARITHMETIC = 3, /* code is CPU-specific */
/* EXC_ARITHMETIC */
MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_EMULATION = 4, /* code is CPU-specific */
/* EXC_EMULATION */
MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_SOFTWARE = 5,
/* EXC_SOFTWARE */
MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_BREAKPOINT = 6, /* code is CPU-specific */
/* EXC_BREAKPOINT */
MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_SYSCALL = 7,
/* EXC_SYSCALL */
MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_MACH_SYSCALL = 8,
/* EXC_MACH_SYSCALL */
MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_RPC_ALERT = 9,
/* EXC_RPC_ALERT */
MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_SIMULATED = 0x43507378
/* Fake exception code used by Crashpad's SimulateCrash ('CPsx'). */
} MDExceptionMac;
/* For (MDException).exception_flags. Breakpad minidump extension for Mac OS X
* support. Based on Darwin/Mac OS X' mach/ppc/exception.h and
* mach/i386/exception.h. This is what Mac OS X calls a "code". */
typedef enum {
/* With MD_EXCEPTION_BAD_ACCESS. These are relevant kern_return_t values
* from mach/kern_return.h. */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_INVALID_ADDRESS = 1,
/* KERN_INVALID_ADDRESS */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_PROTECTION_FAILURE = 2,
/* KERN_PROTECTION_FAILURE */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_NO_ACCESS = 8,
/* KERN_NO_ACCESS */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_MEMORY_FAILURE = 9,
/* KERN_MEMORY_FAILURE */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_MEMORY_ERROR = 10,
/* KERN_MEMORY_ERROR */
/* With MD_EXCEPTION_SOFTWARE */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_BAD_SYSCALL = 0x00010000, /* Mach SIGSYS */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_BAD_PIPE = 0x00010001, /* Mach SIGPIPE */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_ABORT = 0x00010002, /* Mach SIGABRT */
/* Custom values */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_NS_EXCEPTION = 0xDEADC0DE, /* uncaught NSException */
/* With MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_BAD_ACCESS on arm */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_ARM_DA_ALIGN = 0x0101, /* EXC_ARM_DA_ALIGN */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_ARM_DA_DEBUG = 0x0102, /* EXC_ARM_DA_DEBUG */
/* With MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_BAD_INSTRUCTION on arm */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_ARM_UNDEFINED = 1, /* EXC_ARM_UNDEFINED */
/* With MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_BREAKPOINT on arm */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_ARM_BREAKPOINT = 1, /* EXC_ARM_BREAKPOINT */
/* With MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_BAD_ACCESS on ppc */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_PPC_VM_PROT_READ = 0x0101,
/* EXC_PPC_VM_PROT_READ */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_PPC_BADSPACE = 0x0102,
/* EXC_PPC_BADSPACE */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_PPC_UNALIGNED = 0x0103,
/* EXC_PPC_UNALIGNED */
/* With MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_BAD_INSTRUCTION on ppc */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_PPC_INVALID_SYSCALL = 1,
/* EXC_PPC_INVALID_SYSCALL */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_PPC_UNIMPLEMENTED_INSTRUCTION = 2,
/* EXC_PPC_UNIPL_INST */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_PPC_PRIVILEGED_INSTRUCTION = 3,
/* EXC_PPC_PRIVINST */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_PPC_PRIVILEGED_REGISTER = 4,
/* EXC_PPC_PRIVREG */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_PPC_TRACE = 5,
/* EXC_PPC_TRACE */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_PPC_PERFORMANCE_MONITOR = 6,
/* EXC_PPC_PERFMON */
/* With MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_ARITHMETIC on ppc */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_PPC_OVERFLOW = 1,
/* EXC_PPC_OVERFLOW */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_PPC_ZERO_DIVIDE = 2,
/* EXC_PPC_ZERO_DIVIDE */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_PPC_FLOAT_INEXACT = 3,
/* EXC_FLT_INEXACT */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_PPC_FLOAT_ZERO_DIVIDE = 4,
/* EXC_PPC_FLT_ZERO_DIVIDE */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_PPC_FLOAT_UNDERFLOW = 5,
/* EXC_PPC_FLT_UNDERFLOW */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_PPC_FLOAT_OVERFLOW = 6,
/* EXC_PPC_FLT_OVERFLOW */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_PPC_FLOAT_NOT_A_NUMBER = 7,
/* EXC_PPC_FLT_NOT_A_NUMBER */
/* With MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_EMULATION on ppc */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_PPC_NO_EMULATION = 8,
/* EXC_PPC_NOEMULATION */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_PPC_ALTIVEC_ASSIST = 9,
/* EXC_PPC_ALTIVECASSIST */
/* With MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_SOFTWARE on ppc */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_PPC_TRAP = 0x00000001, /* EXC_PPC_TRAP */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_PPC_MIGRATE = 0x00010100, /* EXC_PPC_MIGRATE */
/* With MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_BREAKPOINT on ppc */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_PPC_BREAKPOINT = 1, /* EXC_PPC_BREAKPOINT */
/* With MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_BAD_INSTRUCTION on x86, see also x86 interrupt
* values below. */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_X86_INVALID_OPERATION = 1, /* EXC_I386_INVOP */
/* With MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_ARITHMETIC on x86 */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_X86_DIV = 1, /* EXC_I386_DIV */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_X86_INTO = 2, /* EXC_I386_INTO */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_X86_NOEXT = 3, /* EXC_I386_NOEXT */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_X86_EXTOVR = 4, /* EXC_I386_EXTOVR */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_X86_EXTERR = 5, /* EXC_I386_EXTERR */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_X86_EMERR = 6, /* EXC_I386_EMERR */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_X86_BOUND = 7, /* EXC_I386_BOUND */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_X86_SSEEXTERR = 8, /* EXC_I386_SSEEXTERR */
/* With MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_BREAKPOINT on x86 */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_X86_SGL = 1, /* EXC_I386_SGL */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_X86_BPT = 2, /* EXC_I386_BPT */
/* With MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_BAD_INSTRUCTION on x86. These are the raw
* x86 interrupt codes. Most of these are mapped to other Mach
* exceptions and codes, are handled, or should not occur in user space.
* A few of these will do occur with MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_BAD_INSTRUCTION. */
/* EXC_I386_DIVERR = 0: mapped to EXC_ARITHMETIC/EXC_I386_DIV */
/* EXC_I386_SGLSTP = 1: mapped to EXC_BREAKPOINT/EXC_I386_SGL */
/* EXC_I386_NMIFLT = 2: should not occur in user space */
/* EXC_I386_BPTFLT = 3: mapped to EXC_BREAKPOINT/EXC_I386_BPT */
/* EXC_I386_INTOFLT = 4: mapped to EXC_ARITHMETIC/EXC_I386_INTO */
/* EXC_I386_BOUNDFLT = 5: mapped to EXC_ARITHMETIC/EXC_I386_BOUND */
/* EXC_I386_INVOPFLT = 6: mapped to EXC_BAD_INSTRUCTION/EXC_I386_INVOP */
/* EXC_I386_NOEXTFLT = 7: should be handled by the kernel */
/* EXC_I386_DBLFLT = 8: should be handled (if possible) by the kernel */
/* EXC_I386_EXTOVRFLT = 9: mapped to EXC_BAD_ACCESS/(PROT_READ|PROT_EXEC) */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_X86_INVALID_TASK_STATE_SEGMENT = 10,
/* EXC_INVTSSFLT */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_X86_SEGMENT_NOT_PRESENT = 11,
/* EXC_SEGNPFLT */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_X86_STACK_FAULT = 12,
/* EXC_STKFLT */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_X86_GENERAL_PROTECTION_FAULT = 13,
/* EXC_GPFLT */
/* EXC_I386_PGFLT = 14: should not occur in user space */
/* EXC_I386_EXTERRFLT = 16: mapped to EXC_ARITHMETIC/EXC_I386_EXTERR */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_X86_ALIGNMENT_FAULT = 17
/* EXC_ALIGNFLT (for vector operations) */
/* EXC_I386_ENOEXTFLT = 32: should be handled by the kernel */
/* EXC_I386_ENDPERR = 33: should not occur */
} MDExceptionCodeMac;
#endif /* GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_EXCEPTION_MAC_OSX_H__ */

67
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_exception_ps3.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
/* Copyright (c) 2013, Google Inc.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
* met:
*
* * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
* copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
* in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
* distribution.
* * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
* contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
* this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
* "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
* LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
* A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
* OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
* SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
* DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
* THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */
/* minidump_exception_ps3.h: A definition of exception codes for
* PS3 */
#ifndef GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_EXCEPTION_PS3_H__
#define GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_EXCEPTION_PS3_H__
#include <stddef.h>
#include "google_breakpad/common/breakpad_types.h"
typedef enum {
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_PS3_UNKNOWN = 0,
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_PS3_TRAP_EXCEP = 1,
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_PS3_PRIV_INSTR = 2,
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_PS3_ILLEGAL_INSTR = 3,
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_PS3_INSTR_STORAGE = 4,
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_PS3_INSTR_SEGMENT = 5,
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_PS3_DATA_STORAGE = 6,
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_PS3_DATA_SEGMENT = 7,
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_PS3_FLOAT_POINT = 8,
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_PS3_DABR_MATCH = 9,
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_PS3_ALIGN_EXCEP = 10,
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_PS3_MEMORY_ACCESS = 11,
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_PS3_COPRO_ALIGN = 12,
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_PS3_COPRO_INVALID_COM = 13,
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_PS3_COPRO_ERR = 14,
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_PS3_COPRO_FIR = 15,
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_PS3_COPRO_DATA_SEGMENT = 16,
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_PS3_COPRO_DATA_STORAGE = 17,
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_PS3_COPRO_STOP_INSTR = 18,
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_PS3_COPRO_HALT_INSTR = 19,
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_PS3_COPRO_HALTINST_UNKNOWN = 20,
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_PS3_COPRO_MEMORY_ACCESS = 21,
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_PS3_GRAPHIC = 22
} MDExceptionCodePS3;
#endif /* GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_EXCEPTION_PS3_H__ */

94
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_exception_solaris.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
/* Copyright (c) 2006, Google Inc.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
* met:
*
* * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
* copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
* in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
* distribution.
* * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
* contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
* this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
* "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
* LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
* A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
* OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
* SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
* DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
* THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */
/* minidump_exception_solaris.h: A definition of exception codes for
* Solaris
*
* (This is C99 source, please don't corrupt it with C++.)
*
* Author: Mark Mentovai
* Split into its own file: Neal Sidhwaney */
#ifndef GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_EXCEPTION_SOLARIS_H__
#define GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_EXCEPTION_SOLARIS_H__
#include <stddef.h>
#include "google_breakpad/common/breakpad_types.h"
/* For (MDException).exception_code. These values come from sys/iso/signal_iso.h
*/
typedef enum {
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGHUP = 1, /* Hangup */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGINT = 2, /* interrupt (rubout) */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGQUIT = 3, /* quit (ASCII FS) */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGILL = 4, /* illegal instruction (not reset when caught) */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGTRAP = 5, /* trace trap (not reset when caught) */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGIOT = 6, /* IOT instruction */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGABRT = 6, /* used by abort, replace SIGIOT in the future */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGEMT = 7, /* EMT instruction */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGFPE = 8, /* floating point exception */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGKILL = 9, /* kill (cannot be caught or ignored) */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGBUS = 10, /* bus error */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGSEGV = 11, /* segmentation violation */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGSYS = 12, /* bad argument to system call */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGPIPE = 13, /* write on a pipe with no one to read it */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGALRM = 14, /* alarm clock */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGTERM = 15, /* software termination signal from kill */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGUSR1 = 16, /* user defined signal 1 */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGUSR2 = 17, /* user defined signal 2 */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGCLD = 18, /* child status change */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGCHLD = 18, /* child status change alias (POSIX) */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGPWR = 19, /* power-fail restart */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGWINCH = 20, /* window size change */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGURG = 21, /* urgent socket condition */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGPOLL = 22, /* pollable event occurred */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGIO = 22, /* socket I/O possible (SIGPOLL alias) */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGSTOP = 23, /* stop (cannot be caught or ignored) */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGTSTP = 24, /* user stop requested from tty */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGCONT = 25, /* stopped process has been continued */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGTTIN = 26, /* background tty read attempted */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGTTOU = 27, /* background tty write attempted */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGVTALRM = 28, /* virtual timer expired */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGPROF = 29, /* profiling timer expired */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGXCPU = 30, /* exceeded cpu limit */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGXFSZ = 31, /* exceeded file size limit */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGWAITING = 32, /* reserved signal no longer used by threading code */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGLWP = 33, /* reserved signal no longer used by threading code */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGFREEZE = 34, /* special signal used by CPR */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGTHAW = 35, /* special signal used by CPR */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGCANCEL = 36, /* reserved signal for thread cancellation */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGLOST = 37, /* resource lost (eg, record-lock lost) */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGXRES = 38, /* resource control exceeded */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGJVM1 = 39, /* reserved signal for Java Virtual Machine */
MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGJVM2 = 40 /* reserved signal for Java Virtual Machine */
} MDExceptionCodeSolaris;
#endif /* GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_EXCEPTION_SOLARIS_H__ */

2269
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_exception_win32.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1100
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_format.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

113
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_size.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
// Copyright (c) 2007, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */
// minidump_size.h: Provides a C++ template for programmatic access to
// the sizes of various types defined in minidump_format.h.
//
// Author: Mark Mentovai
#ifndef GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_SIZE_H__
#define GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_SIZE_H__
#include <sys/types.h>
#include "google_breakpad/common/minidump_format.h"
namespace google_breakpad {
template<typename T>
class minidump_size {
public:
static size_t size() { return sizeof(T); }
};
// Explicit specializations for variable-length types. The size returned
// for these should be the size for an object without its variable-length
// section.
template<>
class minidump_size<MDString> {
public:
static size_t size() { return MDString_minsize; }
};
template<>
class minidump_size<MDRawThreadList> {
public:
static size_t size() { return MDRawThreadList_minsize; }
};
template<>
class minidump_size<MDCVInfoPDB20> {
public:
static size_t size() { return MDCVInfoPDB20_minsize; }
};
template<>
class minidump_size<MDCVInfoPDB70> {
public:
static size_t size() { return MDCVInfoPDB70_minsize; }
};
template<>
class minidump_size<MDCVInfoELF> {
public:
static size_t size() { return MDCVInfoELF_minsize; }
};
template<>
class minidump_size<MDImageDebugMisc> {
public:
static size_t size() { return MDImageDebugMisc_minsize; }
};
template<>
class minidump_size<MDRawModuleList> {
public:
static size_t size() { return MDRawModuleList_minsize; }
};
template<>
class minidump_size<MDRawMemoryList> {
public:
static size_t size() { return MDRawMemoryList_minsize; }
};
// Explicit specialization for MDRawModule, for which sizeof may include
// tail-padding on some architectures but not others.
template<>
class minidump_size<MDRawModule> {
public:
static size_t size() { return MD_MODULE_SIZE; }
};
} // namespace google_breakpad
#endif // GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_SIZE_H__

4535
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/third_party/lss/linux_syscall_support.h vendored Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

504
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,504 @@
/* ftconfig.h. Generated from ftconfig.in by configure. */
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftconfig.in */
/* */
/* UNIX-specific configuration file (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This header file contains a number of macro definitions that are used */
/* by the rest of the engine. Most of the macros here are automatically */
/* determined at compile time, and you should not need to change it to */
/* port FreeType, except to compile the library with a non-ANSI */
/* compiler. */
/* */
/* Note however that if some specific modifications are needed, we */
/* advise you to place a modified copy in your build directory. */
/* */
/* The build directory is usually `builds/<system>', and contains */
/* system-specific files that are always included first when building */
/* the library. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTCONFIG_H_
#define FTCONFIG_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
#include FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* PLATFORM-SPECIFIC CONFIGURATION MACROS */
/* */
/* These macros can be toggled to suit a specific system. The current */
/* ones are defaults used to compile FreeType in an ANSI C environment */
/* (16bit compilers are also supported). Copy this file to your own */
/* `builds/<system>' directory, and edit it to port the engine. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1
#define HAVE_FCNTL_H 1
#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1
/* There are systems (like the Texas Instruments 'C54x) where a `char' */
/* has 16 bits. ANSI C says that sizeof(char) is always 1. Since an */
/* `int' has 16 bits also for this system, sizeof(int) gives 1 which */
/* is probably unexpected. */
/* */
/* `CHAR_BIT' (defined in limits.h) gives the number of bits in a */
/* `char' type. */
#ifndef FT_CHAR_BIT
#define FT_CHAR_BIT CHAR_BIT
#endif
/* #undef FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES */
#ifdef FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES
#define SIZEOF_INT 4
#define SIZEOF_LONG 4
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT SIZEOF_INT
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG SIZEOF_LONG
#else /* !FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES */
/* Following cpp computation of the bit length of int and long */
/* is copied from default include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h. */
/* If any improvement is required for this file, it should be */
/* applied to the original header file for the builders that */
/* do not use configure script. */
/* The size of an `int' type. */
#if FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT (16 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#elif FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#elif FT_UINT_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT (64 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#else
#error "Unsupported size of `int' type!"
#endif
/* The size of a `long' type. A five-byte `long' (as used e.g. on the */
/* DM642) is recognized but avoided. */
#if FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG (64 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#else
#error "Unsupported size of `long' type!"
#endif
#endif /* !FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES */
/* FT_UNUSED is a macro used to indicate that a given parameter is not */
/* used -- this is only used to get rid of unpleasant compiler warnings */
#ifndef FT_UNUSED
#define FT_UNUSED( arg ) ( (arg) = (arg) )
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* AUTOMATIC CONFIGURATION MACROS */
/* */
/* These macros are computed from the ones defined above. Don't touch */
/* their definition, unless you know precisely what you are doing. No */
/* porter should need to mess with them. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Mac support */
/* */
/* This is the only necessary change, so it is defined here instead */
/* providing a new configuration file. */
/* */
#if defined( __APPLE__ ) || ( defined( __MWERKS__ ) && defined( macintosh ) )
/* no Carbon frameworks for 64bit 10.4.x */
/* AvailabilityMacros.h is available since Mac OS X 10.2, */
/* so guess the system version by maximum errno before inclusion */
#include <errno.h>
#ifdef ECANCELED /* defined since 10.2 */
#include "AvailabilityMacros.h"
#endif
#if defined( __LP64__ ) && \
( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED <= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4 )
#undef FT_MACINTOSH
#endif
#elif defined( __SC__ ) || defined( __MRC__ )
/* Classic MacOS compilers */
#include "ConditionalMacros.h"
#if TARGET_OS_MAC
#define FT_MACINTOSH 1
#endif
#endif
/* Fix compiler warning with sgi compiler */
#if defined( __sgi ) && !defined( __GNUC__ )
#if defined( _COMPILER_VERSION ) && ( _COMPILER_VERSION >= 730 )
#pragma set woff 3505
#endif
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* basic_types */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Int16 */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for a 16bit signed integer type. */
/* */
typedef signed short FT_Int16;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_UInt16 */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for a 16bit unsigned integer type. */
/* */
typedef unsigned short FT_UInt16;
/* */
/* this #if 0 ... #endif clause is for documentation purposes */
#if 0
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Int32 */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for a 32bit signed integer type. The size depends on */
/* the configuration. */
/* */
typedef signed XXX FT_Int32;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_UInt32 */
/* */
/* A typedef for a 32bit unsigned integer type. The size depends on */
/* the configuration. */
/* */
typedef unsigned XXX FT_UInt32;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Int64 */
/* */
/* A typedef for a 64bit signed integer type. The size depends on */
/* the configuration. Only defined if there is real 64bit support; */
/* otherwise, it gets emulated with a structure (if necessary). */
/* */
typedef signed XXX FT_Int64;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_UInt64 */
/* */
/* A typedef for a 64bit unsigned integer type. The size depends on */
/* the configuration. Only defined if there is real 64bit support; */
/* otherwise, it gets emulated with a structure (if necessary). */
/* */
typedef unsigned XXX FT_UInt64;
/* */
#endif
#if FT_SIZEOF_INT == 4
typedef signed int FT_Int32;
typedef unsigned int FT_UInt32;
#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 4
typedef signed long FT_Int32;
typedef unsigned long FT_UInt32;
#else
#error "no 32bit type found -- please check your configuration files"
#endif
/* look up an integer type that is at least 32 bits */
#if FT_SIZEOF_INT >= 4
typedef int FT_Fast;
typedef unsigned int FT_UFast;
#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG >= 4
typedef long FT_Fast;
typedef unsigned long FT_UFast;
#endif
/* determine whether we have a 64-bit int type for platforms without */
/* Autoconf */
#if FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 8
/* FT_LONG64 must be defined if a 64-bit type is available */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 long
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* A 64-bit data type may create compilation problems if you compile */
/* in strict ANSI mode. To avoid them, we disable other 64-bit data */
/* types if __STDC__ is defined. You can however ignore this rule */
/* by defining the FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 configuration macro. */
/* */
#elif !defined( __STDC__ ) || defined( FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 )
#if defined( __STDC_VERSION__ ) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 long long int
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long long int
#elif defined( _MSC_VER ) && _MSC_VER >= 900 /* Visual C++ (and Intel C++) */
/* this compiler provides the __int64 type */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 __int64
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned __int64
#elif defined( __BORLANDC__ ) /* Borland C++ */
/* XXXX: We should probably check the value of __BORLANDC__ in order */
/* to test the compiler version. */
/* this compiler provides the __int64 type */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 __int64
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned __int64
#elif defined( __WATCOMC__ ) /* Watcom C++ */
/* Watcom doesn't provide 64-bit data types */
#elif defined( __MWERKS__ ) /* Metrowerks CodeWarrior */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 long long int
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long long int
#elif defined( __GNUC__ )
/* GCC provides the `long long' type */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 long long int
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long long int
#endif /* __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L */
#endif /* FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 8 */
#ifdef FT_LONG64
typedef FT_INT64 FT_Int64;
typedef FT_UINT64 FT_UInt64;
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* miscellaneous */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#define FT_BEGIN_STMNT do {
#define FT_END_STMNT } while ( 0 )
#define FT_DUMMY_STMNT FT_BEGIN_STMNT FT_END_STMNT
/* typeof condition taken from gnulib's `intprops.h' header file */
#if ( __GNUC__ >= 2 || \
defined( __IBM__TYPEOF__ ) || \
( __SUNPRO_C >= 0x5110 && !__STDC__ ) )
#define FT_TYPEOF( type ) (__typeof__ (type))
#else
#define FT_TYPEOF( type ) /* empty */
#endif
#ifdef FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
#define FT_LOCAL( x ) static x
#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) static x
#else
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_LOCAL( x ) extern "C" x
#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_LOCAL( x ) extern x
#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) x
#endif
#endif /* FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT */
#define FT_LOCAL_ARRAY( x ) extern const x
#define FT_LOCAL_ARRAY_DEF( x ) const x
#ifndef FT_BASE
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_BASE( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_BASE( x ) extern x
#endif
#endif /* !FT_BASE */
#ifndef FT_BASE_DEF
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_BASE_DEF( x ) x
#else
#define FT_BASE_DEF( x ) x
#endif
#endif /* !FT_BASE_DEF */
#ifndef FT_EXPORT
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern x
#endif
#endif /* !FT_EXPORT */
#ifndef FT_EXPORT_DEF
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x ) extern x
#endif
#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_DEF */
#ifndef FT_EXPORT_VAR
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x ) extern x
#endif
#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_VAR */
/* The following macros are needed to compile the library with a */
/* C++ compiler and with 16bit compilers. */
/* */
/* This is special. Within C++, you must specify `extern "C"' for */
/* functions which are used via function pointers, and you also */
/* must do that for structures which contain function pointers to */
/* assure C linkage -- it's not possible to have (local) anonymous */
/* functions which are accessed by (global) function pointers. */
/* */
/* */
/* FT_CALLBACK_DEF is used to _define_ a callback function. */
/* */
/* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE is used to _declare_ a constant variable that */
/* contains pointers to callback functions. */
/* */
/* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF is used to _define_ a constant variable */
/* that contains pointers to callback functions. */
/* */
/* */
/* Some 16bit compilers have to redefine these macros to insert */
/* the infamous `_cdecl' or `__fastcall' declarations. */
/* */
#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_DEF
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) static x
#endif
#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_DEF */
#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_TABLE
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE extern "C"
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF extern "C"
#else
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE extern
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF /* nothing */
#endif
#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTCONFIG_H_ */
/* END */

833
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/config/ftheader.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,833 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftheader.h */
/* */
/* Build macros of the FreeType 2 library. */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTHEADER_H_
#define FTHEADER_H_
/*@***********************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Macro> */
/* FT_BEGIN_HEADER */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This macro is used in association with @FT_END_HEADER in header */
/* files to ensure that the declarations within are properly */
/* encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }' block when included from a */
/* C++ compiler. */
/* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER extern "C" {
#else
#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER /* nothing */
#endif
/*@***********************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Macro> */
/* FT_END_HEADER */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This macro is used in association with @FT_BEGIN_HEADER in header */
/* files to ensure that the declarations within are properly */
/* encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }' block when included from a */
/* C++ compiler. */
/* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_END_HEADER }
#else
#define FT_END_HEADER /* nothing */
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Aliases for the FreeType 2 public and configuration files. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* header_file_macros */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Header File Macros */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Macro definitions used to #include specific header files. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The following macros are defined to the name of specific */
/* FreeType~2 header files. They can be used directly in #include */
/* statements as in: */
/* */
/* { */
/* #include FT_FREETYPE_H */
/* #include FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H */
/* #include FT_GLYPH_H */
/* } */
/* */
/* There are several reasons why we are now using macros to name */
/* public header files. The first one is that such macros are not */
/* limited to the infamous 8.3~naming rule required by DOS (and */
/* `FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H' is a lot more meaningful than `ftmm.h'). */
/* */
/* The second reason is that it allows for more flexibility in the */
/* way FreeType~2 is installed on a given system. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* configuration files */
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* FreeType~2 configuration data.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
#define FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H <freetype/config/ftconfig.h>
#endif
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* FreeType~2 interface to the standard C library functions.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
#define FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H <freetype/config/ftstdlib.h>
#endif
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* FreeType~2 project-specific configuration options.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H <freetype/config/ftoption.h>
#endif
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* list of FreeType~2 modules that are statically linked to new library
* instances in @FT_Init_FreeType.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
#define FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H <freetype/config/ftmodule.h>
#endif
/* */
/* public headers */
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_FREETYPE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* base FreeType~2 API.
*
*/
#define FT_FREETYPE_H <freetype/freetype.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ERRORS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* list of FreeType~2 error codes (and messages).
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_ERRORS_H <freetype/fterrors.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* list of FreeType~2 module error offsets (and messages).
*
*/
#define FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H <freetype/ftmoderr.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SYSTEM_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 interface to low-level operations (i.e., memory management
* and stream i/o).
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_SYSTEM_H <freetype/ftsystem.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_IMAGE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing type
* definitions related to glyph images (i.e., bitmaps, outlines,
* scan-converter parameters).
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_IMAGE_H <freetype/ftimage.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TYPES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* basic data types defined by FreeType~2.
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_TYPES_H <freetype/fttypes.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_LIST_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* list management API of FreeType~2.
*
* (Most applications will never need to include this file.)
*
*/
#define FT_LIST_H <freetype/ftlist.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_OUTLINE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* scalable outline management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_OUTLINE_H <freetype/ftoutln.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SIZES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* API which manages multiple @FT_Size objects per face.
*
*/
#define FT_SIZES_H <freetype/ftsizes.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MODULE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* module management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_MODULE_H <freetype/ftmodapi.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_RENDER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* renderer module management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_RENDER_H <freetype/ftrender.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_AUTOHINTER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* structures and macros related to the auto-hinting module.
*
*/
#define FT_AUTOHINTER_H <freetype/ftautoh.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CFF_DRIVER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* structures and macros related to the CFF driver module.
*
*/
#define FT_CFF_DRIVER_H <freetype/ftcffdrv.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_DRIVER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* structures and macros related to the TrueType driver module.
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_DRIVER_H <freetype/ftttdrv.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* types and API specific to the Type~1 format.
*
*/
#define FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H <freetype/t1tables.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* enumeration values which identify name strings, languages, encodings,
* etc. This file really contains a _large_ set of constant macro
* definitions, taken from the TrueType and OpenType specifications.
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H <freetype/ttnameid.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* types and API specific to the TrueType (as well as OpenType) format.
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H <freetype/tttables.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of TrueType four-byte `tags' which identify blocks in
* SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H <freetype/tttags.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BDF_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which accesses BDF-specific strings from a
* face.
*
*/
#define FT_BDF_H <freetype/ftbdf.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CID_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which access CID font information from a
* face.
*
*/
#define FT_CID_H <freetype/ftcid.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GZIP_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports gzip-compressed files.
*
*/
#define FT_GZIP_H <freetype/ftgzip.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_LZW_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports LZW-compressed files.
*
*/
#define FT_LZW_H <freetype/ftlzw.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BZIP2_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports bzip2-compressed files.
*
*/
#define FT_BZIP2_H <freetype/ftbzip2.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_WINFONTS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports Windows FNT files.
*
*/
#define FT_WINFONTS_H <freetype/ftwinfnt.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GLYPH_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional glyph management component.
*
*/
#define FT_GLYPH_H <freetype/ftglyph.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BITMAP_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional bitmap conversion component.
*
*/
#define FT_BITMAP_H <freetype/ftbitmap.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BBOX_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional exact bounding box computation routines.
*
*/
#define FT_BBOX_H <freetype/ftbbox.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CACHE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
*
*/
#define FT_CACHE_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* `glyph image' API of the FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
*
* It is used to define a cache for @FT_Glyph elements. You can also
* use the API defined in @FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H if you only need to
* store small glyph bitmaps, as it will use less memory.
*
* This macro is deprecated. Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all
* glyph image-related cache declarations.
*
*/
#define FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H FT_CACHE_H
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* `small bitmaps' API of the FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
*
* It is used to define a cache for small glyph bitmaps in a relatively
* memory-efficient way. You can also use the API defined in
* @FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H if you want to cache arbitrary glyph images,
* including scalable outlines.
*
* This macro is deprecated. Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all
* small bitmaps-related cache declarations.
*
*/
#define FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H FT_CACHE_H
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* `charmap' API of the FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
*
* This macro is deprecated. Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all
* charmap-based cache declarations.
*
*/
#define FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H FT_CACHE_H
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MAC_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* Macintosh-specific FreeType~2 API. The latter is used to access
* fonts embedded in resource forks.
*
* This header file must be explicitly included by client applications
* compiled on the Mac (note that the base API still works though).
*
*/
#define FT_MAC_H <freetype/ftmac.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* optional multiple-masters management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H <freetype/ftmm.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SFNT_NAMES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* optional FreeType~2 API which accesses embedded `name' strings in
* SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).
*
*/
#define FT_SFNT_NAMES_H <freetype/ftsnames.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* optional FreeType~2 API which validates OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF,
* GPOS, GSUB, JSTF).
*
*/
#define FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H <freetype/ftotval.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GX_VALIDATE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* optional FreeType~2 API which validates TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (feat,
* mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd, trak, prop).
*
*/
#define FT_GX_VALIDATE_H <freetype/ftgxval.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_PFR_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which accesses PFR-specific data.
*
*/
#define FT_PFR_H <freetype/ftpfr.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_STROKER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which provides functions to stroke outline paths.
*/
#define FT_STROKER_H <freetype/ftstroke.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SYNTHESIS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs artificial obliquing and emboldening.
*/
#define FT_SYNTHESIS_H <freetype/ftsynth.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_FONT_FORMATS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which provides functions specific to font formats.
*/
#define FT_FONT_FORMATS_H <freetype/ftfntfmt.h>
/* deprecated */
#define FT_XFREE86_H FT_FONT_FORMATS_H
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs trigonometric computations (e.g.,
* cosines and arc tangents).
*/
#define FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H <freetype/fttrigon.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_LCD_FILTER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering.
*/
#define FT_LCD_FILTER_H <freetype/ftlcdfil.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H
*
* @description:
* Deprecated.
*/
#define FT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H <freetype/ttunpat.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_INCREMENTAL_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs incremental glyph loading.
*/
#define FT_INCREMENTAL_H <freetype/ftincrem.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GASP_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which returns entries from the TrueType GASP table.
*/
#define FT_GASP_H <freetype/ftgasp.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ADVANCES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which returns individual and ranged glyph advances.
*/
#define FT_ADVANCES_H <freetype/ftadvanc.h>
/* */
#define FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H <freetype/fterrdef.h>
/* The internals of the cache sub-system are no longer exposed. We */
/* default to FT_CACHE_H at the moment just in case, but we know of */
/* no rogue client that uses them. */
/* */
#define FT_CACHE_MANAGER_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MRU_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MANAGER_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_CACHE_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_GLYPH_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_IMAGE_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_SBITS_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_INCREMENTAL_H <freetype/ftincrem.h>
#define FT_TRUETYPE_UNPATENTED_H <freetype/ttunpat.h>
/*
* Include internal headers definitions from <internal/...>
* only when building the library.
*/
#ifdef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY
#define FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H <freetype/internal/internal.h>
#include FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H
#endif /* FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY */
#endif /* FTHEADER_H_ */
/* END */

20
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
/* This is a generated file. */
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, tt_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, cff_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1cid_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, pfr_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t42_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, winfnt_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, pcf_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, bdf_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, sfnt_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, autofit_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, pshinter_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_raster1_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_lcd_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_lcdv_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psaux_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psnames_module_class )
/* EOF */

851
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/config/ftoption.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,851 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftoption.h */
/* */
/* User-selectable configuration macros (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTOPTION_H_
#define FTOPTION_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* USER-SELECTABLE CONFIGURATION MACROS */
/* */
/* This file contains the default configuration macro definitions for */
/* a standard build of the FreeType library. There are three ways to */
/* use this file to build project-specific versions of the library: */
/* */
/* - You can modify this file by hand, but this is not recommended in */
/* cases where you would like to build several versions of the */
/* library from a single source directory. */
/* */
/* - You can put a copy of this file in your build directory, more */
/* precisely in `$BUILD/freetype/config/ftoption.h', where `$BUILD' */
/* is the name of a directory that is included _before_ the FreeType */
/* include path during compilation. */
/* */
/* The default FreeType Makefiles and Jamfiles use the build */
/* directory `builds/<system>' by default, but you can easily change */
/* that for your own projects. */
/* */
/* - Copy the file <ft2build.h> to `$BUILD/ft2build.h' and modify it */
/* slightly to pre-define the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H used to */
/* locate this file during the build. For example, */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H <myftoptions.h> */
/* #include <freetype/config/ftheader.h> */
/* */
/* will use `$BUILD/myftoptions.h' instead of this file for macro */
/* definitions. */
/* */
/* Note also that you can similarly pre-define the macro */
/* FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H used to locate the file listing of the modules */
/* that are statically linked to the library at compile time. By */
/* default, this file is <freetype/config/ftmodule.h>. */
/* */
/* We highly recommend using the third method whenever possible. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** G E N E R A L F R E E T Y P E 2 C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Uncomment the line below if you want to activate sub-pixel rendering */
/* (a.k.a. LCD rendering, or ClearType) in this build of the library. */
/* */
/* Note that this feature is covered by several Microsoft patents */
/* and should not be activated in any default build of the library. */
/* */
/* This macro has no impact on the FreeType API, only on its */
/* _implementation_. For example, using FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD when calling */
/* FT_Render_Glyph still generates a bitmap that is 3 times wider than */
/* the original size in case this macro isn't defined; however, each */
/* triplet of subpixels has R=G=B. */
/* */
/* This is done to allow FreeType clients to run unmodified, forcing */
/* them to display normal gray-level anti-aliased glyphs. */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Many compilers provide a non-ANSI 64-bit data type that can be used */
/* by FreeType to speed up some computations. However, this will create */
/* some problems when compiling the library in strict ANSI mode. */
/* */
/* For this reason, the use of 64-bit integers is normally disabled when */
/* the __STDC__ macro is defined. You can however disable this by */
/* defining the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 here. */
/* */
/* For most compilers, this will only create compilation warnings when */
/* building the library. */
/* */
/* ObNote: The compiler-specific 64-bit integers are detected in the */
/* file `ftconfig.h' either statically or through the */
/* `configure' script on supported platforms. */
/* */
#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* If this macro is defined, do not try to use an assembler version of */
/* performance-critical functions (e.g. FT_MulFix). You should only do */
/* that to verify that the assembler function works properly, or to */
/* execute benchmark tests of the various implementations. */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* If this macro is defined, try to use an inlined assembler version of */
/* the `FT_MulFix' function, which is a `hotspot' when loading and */
/* hinting glyphs, and which should be executed as fast as possible. */
/* */
/* Note that if your compiler or CPU is not supported, this will default */
/* to the standard and portable implementation found in `ftcalc.c'. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INLINE_MULFIX
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* LZW-compressed file support. */
/* */
/* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the */
/* `compress' program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF */
/* files that come with various X11 distributions. The implementation */
/* uses NetBSD's `zopen' to partially uncompress the file on the fly */
/* (see src/lzw/ftgzip.c). */
/* */
/* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_LZW
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Gzip-compressed file support. */
/* */
/* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the */
/* `gzip' program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF files */
/* that come with XFree86. The implementation uses `zlib' to */
/* partially uncompress the file on the fly (see src/gzip/ftgzip.c). */
/* */
/* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. See also */
/* the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB below. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ZLib library selection */
/* */
/* This macro is only used when FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB is defined. */
/* It allows FreeType's `ftgzip' component to link to the system's */
/* installation of the ZLib library. This is useful on systems like */
/* Unix or VMS where it generally is already available. */
/* */
/* If you let it undefined, the component will use its own copy */
/* of the zlib sources instead. These have been modified to be */
/* included directly within the component and *not* export external */
/* function names. This allows you to link any program with FreeType */
/* _and_ ZLib without linking conflicts. */
/* */
/* Do not #undef this macro here since the build system might define */
/* it for certain configurations only. */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Bzip2-compressed file support. */
/* */
/* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the */
/* `bzip2' program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF */
/* files that come with XFree86. The implementation uses `libbz2' to */
/* partially uncompress the file on the fly (see src/bzip2/ftbzip2.c). */
/* Contrary to gzip, bzip2 currently is not included and need to use */
/* the system available bzip2 implementation. */
/* */
/* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_BZIP2 */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define to disable the use of file stream functions and types, FILE, */
/* fopen() etc. Enables the use of smaller system libraries on embedded */
/* systems that have multiple system libraries, some with or without */
/* file stream support, in the cases where file stream support is not */
/* necessary such as memory loading of font files. */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_DISABLE_STREAM_SUPPORT */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* PNG bitmap support. */
/* */
/* FreeType now handles loading color bitmap glyphs in the PNG format. */
/* This requires help from the external libpng library. Uncompressed */
/* color bitmaps do not need any external libraries and will be */
/* supported regardless of this configuration. */
/* */
/* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_PNG */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* HarfBuzz support. */
/* */
/* FreeType uses the HarfBuzz library to improve auto-hinting of */
/* OpenType fonts. If available, many glyphs not directly addressable */
/* by a font's character map will be hinted also. */
/* */
/* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_HARFBUZZ */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* DLL export compilation */
/* */
/* When compiling FreeType as a DLL, some systems/compilers need a */
/* special keyword in front OR after the return type of function */
/* declarations. */
/* */
/* Two macros are used within the FreeType source code to define */
/* exported library functions: FT_EXPORT and FT_EXPORT_DEF. */
/* */
/* FT_EXPORT( return_type ) */
/* */
/* is used in a function declaration, as in */
/* */
/* FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) */
/* FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library* alibrary ); */
/* */
/* */
/* FT_EXPORT_DEF( return_type ) */
/* */
/* is used in a function definition, as in */
/* */
/* FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error ) */
/* FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library* alibrary ) */
/* { */
/* ... some code ... */
/* return FT_Err_Ok; */
/* } */
/* */
/* You can provide your own implementation of FT_EXPORT and */
/* FT_EXPORT_DEF here if you want. If you leave them undefined, they */
/* will be later automatically defined as `extern return_type' to */
/* allow normal compilation. */
/* */
/* Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */
/* them for certain configurations only. */
/* */
/* #define FT_EXPORT(x) extern x */
/* #define FT_EXPORT_DEF(x) x */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Glyph Postscript Names handling */
/* */
/* By default, FreeType 2 is compiled with the `psnames' module. This */
/* module is in charge of converting a glyph name string into a */
/* Unicode value, or return a Macintosh standard glyph name for the */
/* use with the TrueType `post' table. */
/* */
/* Undefine this macro if you do not want `psnames' compiled in your */
/* build of FreeType. This has the following effects: */
/* */
/* - The TrueType driver will provide its own set of glyph names, */
/* if you build it to support postscript names in the TrueType */
/* `post' table. */
/* */
/* - The Type 1 driver will not be able to synthesize a Unicode */
/* charmap out of the glyphs found in the fonts. */
/* */
/* You would normally undefine this configuration macro when building */
/* a version of FreeType that doesn't contain a Type 1 or CFF driver. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Postscript Names to Unicode Values support */
/* */
/* By default, FreeType 2 is built with the `PSNames' module compiled */
/* in. Among other things, the module is used to convert a glyph name */
/* into a Unicode value. This is especially useful in order to */
/* synthesize on the fly a Unicode charmap from the CFF/Type 1 driver */
/* through a big table named the `Adobe Glyph List' (AGL). */
/* */
/* Undefine this macro if you do not want the Adobe Glyph List */
/* compiled in your `PSNames' module. The Type 1 driver will not be */
/* able to synthesize a Unicode charmap out of the glyphs found in the */
/* fonts. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ADOBE_GLYPH_LIST
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Support for Mac fonts */
/* */
/* Define this macro if you want support for outline fonts in Mac */
/* format (mac dfont, mac resource, macbinary containing a mac */
/* resource) on non-Mac platforms. */
/* */
/* Note that the `FOND' resource isn't checked. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Guessing methods to access embedded resource forks */
/* */
/* Enable extra Mac fonts support on non-Mac platforms (e.g. */
/* GNU/Linux). */
/* */
/* Resource forks which include fonts data are stored sometimes in */
/* locations which users or developers don't expected. In some cases, */
/* resource forks start with some offset from the head of a file. In */
/* other cases, the actual resource fork is stored in file different */
/* from what the user specifies. If this option is activated, */
/* FreeType tries to guess whether such offsets or different file */
/* names must be used. */
/* */
/* Note that normal, direct access of resource forks is controlled via */
/* the FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS option. */
/* */
#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_GUESSING_EMBEDDED_RFORK
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Allow the use of FT_Incremental_Interface to load typefaces that */
/* contain no glyph data, but supply it via a callback function. */
/* This is required by clients supporting document formats which */
/* supply font data incrementally as the document is parsed, such */
/* as the Ghostscript interpreter for the PostScript language. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* The size in bytes of the render pool used by the scan-line converter */
/* to do all of its work. */
/* */
#define FT_RENDER_POOL_SIZE 16384L
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* FT_MAX_MODULES */
/* */
/* The maximum number of modules that can be registered in a single */
/* FreeType library object. 32 is the default. */
/* */
#define FT_MAX_MODULES 32
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Debug level */
/* */
/* FreeType can be compiled in debug or trace mode. In debug mode, */
/* errors are reported through the `ftdebug' component. In trace */
/* mode, additional messages are sent to the standard output during */
/* execution. */
/* */
/* Define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR to build the library in debug mode. */
/* Define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE to build it in trace mode. */
/* */
/* Don't define any of these macros to compile in `release' mode! */
/* */
/* Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */
/* them for certain configurations only. */
/* */
/* #define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR */
/* #define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Autofitter debugging */
/* */
/* If FT_DEBUG_AUTOFIT is defined, FreeType provides some means to */
/* control the autofitter behaviour for debugging purposes with global */
/* boolean variables (consequently, you should *never* enable this */
/* while compiling in `release' mode): */
/* */
/* _af_debug_disable_horz_hints */
/* _af_debug_disable_vert_hints */
/* _af_debug_disable_blue_hints */
/* */
/* Additionally, the following functions provide dumps of various */
/* internal autofit structures to stdout (using `printf'): */
/* */
/* af_glyph_hints_dump_points */
/* af_glyph_hints_dump_segments */
/* af_glyph_hints_dump_edges */
/* af_glyph_hints_get_num_segments */
/* af_glyph_hints_get_segment_offset */
/* */
/* As an argument, they use another global variable: */
/* */
/* _af_debug_hints */
/* */
/* Please have a look at the `ftgrid' demo program to see how those */
/* variables and macros should be used. */
/* */
/* Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */
/* them for certain configurations only. */
/* */
/* #define FT_DEBUG_AUTOFIT */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Memory Debugging */
/* */
/* FreeType now comes with an integrated memory debugger that is */
/* capable of detecting simple errors like memory leaks or double */
/* deletes. To compile it within your build of the library, you */
/* should define FT_DEBUG_MEMORY here. */
/* */
/* Note that the memory debugger is only activated at runtime when */
/* when the _environment_ variable `FT2_DEBUG_MEMORY' is defined also! */
/* */
/* Do not #undef this macro here since the build system might define */
/* it for certain configurations only. */
/* */
/* #define FT_DEBUG_MEMORY */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Module errors */
/* */
/* If this macro is set (which is _not_ the default), the higher byte */
/* of an error code gives the module in which the error has occurred, */
/* while the lower byte is the real error code. */
/* */
/* Setting this macro makes sense for debugging purposes only, since */
/* it would break source compatibility of certain programs that use */
/* FreeType 2. */
/* */
/* More details can be found in the files ftmoderr.h and fterrors.h. */
/* */
#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Position Independent Code */
/* */
/* If this macro is set (which is _not_ the default), FreeType2 will */
/* avoid creating constants that require address fixups. Instead the */
/* constants will be moved into a struct and additional intialization */
/* code will be used. */
/* */
/* Setting this macro is needed for systems that prohibit address */
/* fixups, such as BREW. */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_PIC */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** S F N T D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS if you want to support */
/* embedded bitmaps in all formats using the SFNT module (namely */
/* TrueType & OpenType). */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES if you want to be able to */
/* load and enumerate the glyph Postscript names in a TrueType or */
/* OpenType file. */
/* */
/* Note that when you do not compile the `PSNames' module by undefining */
/* the above FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES, the `sfnt' module will */
/* contain additional code used to read the PS Names table from a font. */
/* */
/* (By default, the module uses `PSNames' to extract glyph names.) */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES if your applications need to */
/* access the internal name table in a SFNT-based format like TrueType */
/* or OpenType. The name table contains various strings used to */
/* describe the font, like family name, copyright, version, etc. It */
/* does not contain any glyph name though. */
/* */
/* Accessing SFNT names is done through the functions declared in */
/* `ftsnames.h'. */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* TrueType CMap support */
/* */
/* Here you can fine-tune which TrueType CMap table format shall be */
/* supported. */
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_0
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_2
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_4
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_6
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_8
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_10
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_12
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_13
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_14
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** T R U E T Y P E D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER if you want to compile */
/* a bytecode interpreter in the TrueType driver. */
/* */
/* By undefining this, you will only compile the code necessary to load */
/* TrueType glyphs without hinting. */
/* */
/* Do not #undef this macro here, since the build system might */
/* define it for certain configurations only. */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING if you want to compile */
/* EXPERIMENTAL subpixel hinting support into the TrueType driver. This */
/* replaces the native TrueType hinting mechanism when anything but */
/* FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO is requested. */
/* */
/* Enabling this causes the TrueType driver to ignore instructions under */
/* certain conditions. This is done in accordance with the guide here, */
/* with some minor differences: */
/* */
/* http://www.microsoft.com/typography/cleartype/truetypecleartype.aspx */
/* */
/* By undefining this, you only compile the code necessary to hint */
/* TrueType glyphs with native TT hinting. */
/* */
/* This option requires TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER to be */
/* defined. */
/* */
/* #define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED to compile the */
/* TrueType glyph loader to use Apple's definition of how to handle */
/* component offsets in composite glyphs. */
/* */
/* Apple and MS disagree on the default behavior of component offsets */
/* in composites. Apple says that they should be scaled by the scaling */
/* factors in the transformation matrix (roughly, it's more complex) */
/* while MS says they should not. OpenType defines two bits in the */
/* composite flags array which can be used to disambiguate, but old */
/* fonts will not have them. */
/* */
/* http://www.microsoft.com/typography/otspec/glyf.htm */
/* https://developer.apple.com/fonts/TrueType-Reference-Manual/RM06/Chap6glyf.html */
/* */
#undef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT if you want to include */
/* support for Apple's distortable font technology (fvar, gvar, cvar, */
/* and avar tables). This has many similarities to Type 1 Multiple */
/* Masters support. */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF if you want to include support for */
/* an embedded `BDF ' table within SFNT-based bitmap formats. */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Option TT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAX_RUNNABLE_OPCODES controls the maximum */
/* number of bytecode instructions executed for a single run of the */
/* bytecode interpreter, needed to prevent infinite loops. You don't */
/* want to change this except for very special situations (e.g., making */
/* a library fuzzer spend less time to handle broken fonts). */
/* */
/* It is not expected that this value is ever modified by a configuring */
/* script; instead, it gets surrounded with #ifndef ... #endif so that */
/* the value can be set as a preprocessor option on the compiler's */
/* command line. */
/* */
#ifndef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAX_RUNNABLE_OPCODES
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAX_RUNNABLE_OPCODES 1000000L
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** T Y P E 1 D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH is the maximum depth of nest dictionaries and */
/* arrays in the Type 1 stream (see t1load.c). A minimum of 4 is */
/* required. */
/* */
#define T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH 5
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS details the maximum number of nested sub-routine */
/* calls during glyph loading. */
/* */
#define T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS 16
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* T1_MAX_CHARSTRING_OPERANDS is the charstring stack's capacity. A */
/* minimum of 16 is required. */
/* */
/* The Chinese font MingTiEG-Medium (CNS 11643 character set) needs 256. */
/* */
#define T1_MAX_CHARSTRINGS_OPERANDS 256
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the */
/* compilation of `t1afm', which is in charge of reading Type 1 AFM */
/* files into an existing face. Note that if set, the T1 driver will be */
/* unable to produce kerning distances. */
/* */
#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the */
/* compilation of the Multiple Masters font support in the Type 1 */
/* driver. */
/* */
#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** C F F D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Using CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_{X,Y}{1,2,3,4} it is */
/* possible to set up the default values of the four control points that */
/* define the stem darkening behaviour of the (new) CFF engine. For */
/* more details please read the documentation of the */
/* `darkening-parameters' property of the cff driver module (file */
/* `ftcffdrv.h'), which allows the control at run-time. */
/* */
/* Do *not* undefine these macros! */
/* */
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X1 500
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y1 400
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 1000
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y2 275
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 1667
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y3 275
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X4 2333
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y4 0
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE controls whether the pre-Adobe CFF */
/* engine gets compiled into FreeType. If defined, it is possible to */
/* switch between the two engines using the `hinting-engine' property of */
/* the cff driver module. */
/* */
/* #define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** A U T O F I T M O D U L E C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Compile autofit module with CJK (Chinese, Japanese, Korean) script */
/* support. */
/* */
#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_CJK
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Compile autofit module with Indic script support. */
/* */
#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_INDIC
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Compile autofit module with warp hinting. The idea of the warping */
/* code is to slightly scale and shift a glyph within a single dimension */
/* so that as much of its segments are aligned (more or less) on the */
/* grid. To find out the optimal scaling and shifting value, various */
/* parameter combinations are tried and scored. */
/* */
/* This experimental option is active only if the rendering mode is */
/* FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT; you can switch warping on and off with the */
/* `warping' property of the auto-hinter (see file `ftautoh.h' for more */
/* information; by default it is switched off). */
/* */
#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_WARPER
/* */
/*
* This macro is obsolete. Support has been removed in FreeType
* version 2.5.
*/
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
/*
* This macro is defined if native TrueType hinting is requested by the
* definitions above.
*/
#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
#define TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
#endif
/*
* Check CFF darkening parameters. The checks are the same as in function
* `cff_property_set' in file `cffdrivr.c'.
*/
#if CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X1 < 0 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 < 0 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 < 0 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X4 < 0 || \
\
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y1 < 0 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y2 < 0 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y3 < 0 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y4 < 0 || \
\
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X1 > \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 > \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 > \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X4 || \
\
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y1 > 500 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y2 > 500 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y3 > 500 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y4 > 500
#error "Invalid CFF darkening parameters!"
#endif
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTOPTION_H_ */
/* END */

173
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftstdlib.h */
/* */
/* ANSI-specific library and header configuration file (specification */
/* only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This file is used to group all #includes to the ANSI C library that */
/* FreeType normally requires. It also defines macros to rename the */
/* standard functions within the FreeType source code. */
/* */
/* Load a file which defines FTSTDLIB_H_ before this one to override it. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTSTDLIB_H_
#define FTSTDLIB_H_
#include <stddef.h>
#define ft_ptrdiff_t ptrdiff_t
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* integer limits */
/* */
/* UINT_MAX and ULONG_MAX are used to automatically compute the size */
/* of `int' and `long' in bytes at compile-time. So far, this works */
/* for all platforms the library has been tested on. */
/* */
/* Note that on the extremely rare platforms that do not provide */
/* integer types that are _exactly_ 16 and 32 bits wide (e.g. some */
/* old Crays where `int' is 36 bits), we do not make any guarantee */
/* about the correct behaviour of FT2 with all fonts. */
/* */
/* In these case, `ftconfig.h' will refuse to compile anyway with a */
/* message like `couldn't find 32-bit type' or something similar. */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#include <limits.h>
#define FT_CHAR_BIT CHAR_BIT
#define FT_USHORT_MAX USHRT_MAX
#define FT_INT_MAX INT_MAX
#define FT_INT_MIN INT_MIN
#define FT_UINT_MAX UINT_MAX
#define FT_LONG_MAX LONG_MAX
#define FT_ULONG_MAX ULONG_MAX
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* character and string processing */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#include <string.h>
#define ft_memchr memchr
#define ft_memcmp memcmp
#define ft_memcpy memcpy
#define ft_memmove memmove
#define ft_memset memset
#define ft_strcat strcat
#define ft_strcmp strcmp
#define ft_strcpy strcpy
#define ft_strlen strlen
#define ft_strncmp strncmp
#define ft_strncpy strncpy
#define ft_strrchr strrchr
#define ft_strstr strstr
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* file handling */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#include <stdio.h>
#define FT_FILE FILE
#define ft_fclose fclose
#define ft_fopen fopen
#define ft_fread fread
#define ft_fseek fseek
#define ft_ftell ftell
#define ft_sprintf sprintf
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* sorting */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#include <stdlib.h>
#define ft_qsort qsort
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* memory allocation */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#define ft_scalloc calloc
#define ft_sfree free
#define ft_smalloc malloc
#define ft_srealloc realloc
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* miscellaneous */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#define ft_atol atol
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* execution control */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#include <setjmp.h>
#define ft_jmp_buf jmp_buf /* note: this cannot be a typedef since */
/* jmp_buf is defined as a macro */
/* on certain platforms */
#define ft_longjmp longjmp
#define ft_setjmp( b ) setjmp( *(ft_jmp_buf*) &(b) ) /* same thing here */
/* the following is only used for debugging purposes, i.e., if */
/* FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR or FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE are defined */
#include <stdarg.h>
#endif /* FTSTDLIB_H_ */
/* END */

4272
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/freetype.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

42
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ft2build.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ft2build.h */
/* */
/* FreeType 2 build and setup macros. */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This is the `entry point' for FreeType header file inclusions. It is */
/* the only header file which should be included directly; all other */
/* FreeType header files should be accessed with macro names (after */
/* including `ft2build.h'). */
/* */
/* A typical example is */
/* */
/* #include <ft2build.h> */
/* #include FT_FREETYPE_H */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef FT2BUILD_H_
#define FT2BUILD_H_
#include "config/ftheader.h"
#endif /* FT2BUILD_H_ */
/* END */

187
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftadvanc.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftadvanc.h */
/* */
/* Quick computation of advance widths (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2008-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTADVANC_H_
#define FTADVANC_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* quick_advance
*
* @title:
* Quick retrieval of advance values
*
* @abstract:
* Retrieve horizontal and vertical advance values without processing
* glyph outlines, if possible.
*
* @description:
* This section contains functions to quickly extract advance values
* without handling glyph outlines, if possible.
*
* @order:
* FT_Get_Advance
* FT_Get_Advances
*
*/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Const> */
/* FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A bit-flag to be OR-ed with the `flags' parameter of the */
/* @FT_Get_Advance and @FT_Get_Advances functions. */
/* */
/* If set, it indicates that you want these functions to fail if the */
/* corresponding hinting mode or font driver doesn't allow for very */
/* quick advance computation. */
/* */
/* Typically, glyphs that are either unscaled, unhinted, bitmapped, */
/* or light-hinted can have their advance width computed very */
/* quickly. */
/* */
/* Normal and bytecode hinted modes that require loading, scaling, */
/* and hinting of the glyph outline, are extremely slow by */
/* comparison. */
/* */
#define FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY 0x20000000L
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Advance */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the advance value of a given glyph outline in an */
/* @FT_Face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: The source @FT_Face handle. */
/* */
/* gindex :: The glyph index. */
/* */
/* load_flags :: A set of bit flags similar to those used when */
/* calling @FT_Load_Glyph, used to determine what kind */
/* of advances you need. */
/* <Output> */
/* padvance :: The advance value. If scaling is performed (based on */
/* the value of `load_flags'), the advance value is in */
/* 16.16 format. Otherwise, it is in font units. */
/* */
/* If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, this is the */
/* vertical advance corresponding to a vertical layout. */
/* Otherwise, it is the horizontal advance in a */
/* horizontal layout. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0 means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and */
/* if the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to */
/* retrieve the advances. */
/* */
/* A scaled advance is returned in 16.16 format but isn't transformed */
/* by the affine transformation specified by @FT_Set_Transform. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Advance( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt gindex,
FT_Int32 load_flags,
FT_Fixed *padvance );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Advances */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the advance values of several glyph outlines in an */
/* @FT_Face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: The source @FT_Face handle. */
/* */
/* start :: The first glyph index. */
/* */
/* count :: The number of advance values you want to retrieve. */
/* */
/* load_flags :: A set of bit flags similar to those used when */
/* calling @FT_Load_Glyph. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* padvance :: The advance values. This array, to be provided by the */
/* caller, must contain at least `count' elements. */
/* */
/* If scaling is performed (based on the value of */
/* `load_flags'), the advance values are in 16.16 format. */
/* Otherwise, they are in font units. */
/* */
/* If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, these are the */
/* vertical advances corresponding to a vertical layout. */
/* Otherwise, they are the horizontal advances in a */
/* horizontal layout. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0 means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and */
/* if the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to */
/* retrieve the advances. */
/* */
/* Scaled advances are returned in 16.16 format but aren't */
/* transformed by the affine transformation specified by */
/* @FT_Set_Transform. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Advances( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt start,
FT_UInt count,
FT_Int32 load_flags,
FT_Fixed *padvances );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTADVANC_H_ */
/* END */

503
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftautoh.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,503 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftautoh.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for controlling the auto-hinter (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2012-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTAUTOH_H_
#define FTAUTOH_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* auto_hinter
*
* @title:
* The auto-hinter
*
* @abstract:
* Controlling the auto-hinting module.
*
* @description:
* While FreeType's auto-hinter doesn't expose API functions by itself,
* it is possible to control its behaviour with @FT_Property_Set and
* @FT_Property_Get. The following lists the available properties
* together with the necessary macros and structures.
*
* Note that the auto-hinter's module name is `autofitter' for
* historical reasons.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* glyph-to-script-map
*
* @description:
* *Experimental* *only*
*
* The auto-hinter provides various script modules to hint glyphs.
* Examples of supported scripts are Latin or CJK. Before a glyph is
* auto-hinted, the Unicode character map of the font gets examined, and
* the script is then determined based on Unicode character ranges, see
* below.
*
* OpenType fonts, however, often provide much more glyphs than
* character codes (small caps, superscripts, ligatures, swashes, etc.),
* to be controlled by so-called `features'. Handling OpenType features
* can be quite complicated and thus needs a separate library on top of
* FreeType.
*
* The mapping between glyph indices and scripts (in the auto-hinter
* sense, see the @FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_XXX values) is stored as an
* array with `num_glyphs' elements, as found in the font's @FT_Face
* structure. The `glyph-to-script-map' property returns a pointer to
* this array, which can be modified as needed. Note that the
* modification should happen before the first glyph gets processed by
* the auto-hinter so that the global analysis of the font shapes
* actually uses the modified mapping.
*
* The following example code demonstrates how to access it (omitting
* the error handling).
*
* {
* FT_Library library;
* FT_Face face;
* FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap prop;
*
*
* FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
* FT_New_Face( library, "foo.ttf", 0, &face );
*
* prop.face = face;
*
* FT_Property_Get( library, "autofitter",
* "glyph-to-script-map", &prop );
*
* // adjust `prop.map' as needed right here
*
* FT_Load_Glyph( face, ..., FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT );
* }
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_XXX
*
* @description:
* *Experimental* *only*
*
* A list of constants used for the @glyph-to-script-map property to
* specify the script submodule the auto-hinter should use for hinting a
* particular glyph.
*
* @values:
* FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE ::
* Don't auto-hint this glyph.
*
* FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_LATIN ::
* Apply the latin auto-hinter. For the auto-hinter, `latin' is a
* very broad term, including Cyrillic and Greek also since characters
* from those scripts share the same design constraints.
*
* By default, characters from the following Unicode ranges are
* assigned to this submodule.
*
* {
* U+0020 - U+007F // Basic Latin (no control characters)
* U+00A0 - U+00FF // Latin-1 Supplement (no control characters)
* U+0100 - U+017F // Latin Extended-A
* U+0180 - U+024F // Latin Extended-B
* U+0250 - U+02AF // IPA Extensions
* U+02B0 - U+02FF // Spacing Modifier Letters
* U+0300 - U+036F // Combining Diacritical Marks
* U+0370 - U+03FF // Greek and Coptic
* U+0400 - U+04FF // Cyrillic
* U+0500 - U+052F // Cyrillic Supplement
* U+1D00 - U+1D7F // Phonetic Extensions
* U+1D80 - U+1DBF // Phonetic Extensions Supplement
* U+1DC0 - U+1DFF // Combining Diacritical Marks Supplement
* U+1E00 - U+1EFF // Latin Extended Additional
* U+1F00 - U+1FFF // Greek Extended
* U+2000 - U+206F // General Punctuation
* U+2070 - U+209F // Superscripts and Subscripts
* U+20A0 - U+20CF // Currency Symbols
* U+2150 - U+218F // Number Forms
* U+2460 - U+24FF // Enclosed Alphanumerics
* U+2C60 - U+2C7F // Latin Extended-C
* U+2DE0 - U+2DFF // Cyrillic Extended-A
* U+2E00 - U+2E7F // Supplemental Punctuation
* U+A640 - U+A69F // Cyrillic Extended-B
* U+A720 - U+A7FF // Latin Extended-D
* U+FB00 - U+FB06 // Alphab. Present. Forms (Latin Ligatures)
* U+1D400 - U+1D7FF // Mathematical Alphanumeric Symbols
* U+1F100 - U+1F1FF // Enclosed Alphanumeric Supplement
* }
*
* FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_CJK ::
* Apply the CJK auto-hinter, covering Chinese, Japanese, Korean, old
* Vietnamese, and some other scripts.
*
* By default, characters from the following Unicode ranges are
* assigned to this submodule.
*
* {
* U+1100 - U+11FF // Hangul Jamo
* U+2E80 - U+2EFF // CJK Radicals Supplement
* U+2F00 - U+2FDF // Kangxi Radicals
* U+2FF0 - U+2FFF // Ideographic Description Characters
* U+3000 - U+303F // CJK Symbols and Punctuation
* U+3040 - U+309F // Hiragana
* U+30A0 - U+30FF // Katakana
* U+3100 - U+312F // Bopomofo
* U+3130 - U+318F // Hangul Compatibility Jamo
* U+3190 - U+319F // Kanbun
* U+31A0 - U+31BF // Bopomofo Extended
* U+31C0 - U+31EF // CJK Strokes
* U+31F0 - U+31FF // Katakana Phonetic Extensions
* U+3200 - U+32FF // Enclosed CJK Letters and Months
* U+3300 - U+33FF // CJK Compatibility
* U+3400 - U+4DBF // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension A
* U+4DC0 - U+4DFF // Yijing Hexagram Symbols
* U+4E00 - U+9FFF // CJK Unified Ideographs
* U+A960 - U+A97F // Hangul Jamo Extended-A
* U+AC00 - U+D7AF // Hangul Syllables
* U+D7B0 - U+D7FF // Hangul Jamo Extended-B
* U+F900 - U+FAFF // CJK Compatibility Ideographs
* U+FE10 - U+FE1F // Vertical forms
* U+FE30 - U+FE4F // CJK Compatibility Forms
* U+FF00 - U+FFEF // Halfwidth and Fullwidth Forms
* U+1B000 - U+1B0FF // Kana Supplement
* U+1D300 - U+1D35F // Tai Xuan Hing Symbols
* U+1F200 - U+1F2FF // Enclosed Ideographic Supplement
* U+20000 - U+2A6DF // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension B
* U+2A700 - U+2B73F // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension C
* U+2B740 - U+2B81F // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension D
* U+2F800 - U+2FA1F // CJK Compatibility Ideographs Supplement
* }
*
* FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_INDIC ::
* Apply the indic auto-hinter, covering all major scripts from the
* Indian sub-continent and some other related scripts like Thai, Lao,
* or Tibetan.
*
* By default, characters from the following Unicode ranges are
* assigned to this submodule.
*
* {
* U+0900 - U+0DFF // Indic Range
* U+0F00 - U+0FFF // Tibetan
* U+1900 - U+194F // Limbu
* U+1B80 - U+1BBF // Sundanese
* U+1C80 - U+1CDF // Meetei Mayak
* U+A800 - U+A82F // Syloti Nagri
* U+11800 - U+118DF // Sharada
* }
*
* Note that currently Indic support is rudimentary only, missing blue
* zone support.
*
*/
#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE 0
#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_LATIN 1
#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_CJK 2
#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_INDIC 3
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap
*
* @description:
* *Experimental* *only*
*
* The data exchange structure for the @glyph-to-script-map property.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap_
{
FT_Face face;
FT_UShort* map;
} FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* fallback-script
*
* @description:
* *Experimental* *only*
*
* If no auto-hinter script module can be assigned to a glyph, a
* fallback script gets assigned to it (see also the
* @glyph-to-script-map property). By default, this is
* @FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_CJK. Using the `fallback-script' property,
* this fallback value can be changed.
*
* {
* FT_Library library;
* FT_UInt fallback_script = FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE;
*
*
* FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
*
* FT_Property_Set( library, "autofitter",
* "fallback-script", &fallback_script );
* }
*
* @note:
* This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
*
* It's important to use the right timing for changing this value: The
* creation of the glyph-to-script map that eventually uses the
* fallback script value gets triggered either by setting or reading a
* face-specific property like @glyph-to-script-map, or by auto-hinting
* any glyph from that face. In particular, if you have already created
* an @FT_Face structure but not loaded any glyph (using the
* auto-hinter), a change of the fallback script will affect this face.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* default-script
*
* @description:
* *Experimental* *only*
*
* If FreeType gets compiled with FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_HARFBUZZ to make
* the HarfBuzz library access OpenType features for getting better
* glyph coverages, this property sets the (auto-fitter) script to be
* used for the default (OpenType) script data of a font's GSUB table.
* Features for the default script are intended for all scripts not
* explicitly handled in GSUB; an example is a `dlig' feature,
* containing the combination of the characters `T', `E', and `L' to
* form a `TEL' ligature.
*
* By default, this is @FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_LATIN. Using the
* `default-script' property, this default value can be changed.
*
* {
* FT_Library library;
* FT_UInt default_script = FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE;
*
*
* FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
*
* FT_Property_Set( library, "autofitter",
* "default-script", &default_script );
* }
*
* @note:
* This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
*
* It's important to use the right timing for changing this value: The
* creation of the glyph-to-script map that eventually uses the
* default script value gets triggered either by setting or reading a
* face-specific property like @glyph-to-script-map, or by auto-hinting
* any glyph from that face. In particular, if you have already created
* an @FT_Face structure but not loaded any glyph (using the
* auto-hinter), a change of the default script will affect this face.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* increase-x-height
*
* @description:
* For ppem values in the range 6~<= ppem <= `increase-x-height', round
* up the font's x~height much more often than normally. If the value
* is set to~0, which is the default, this feature is switched off. Use
* this property to improve the legibility of small font sizes if
* necessary.
*
* {
* FT_Library library;
* FT_Face face;
* FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight prop;
*
*
* FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
* FT_New_Face( library, "foo.ttf", 0, &face );
* FT_Set_Char_Size( face, 10 * 64, 0, 72, 0 );
*
* prop.face = face;
* prop.limit = 14;
*
* FT_Property_Set( library, "autofitter",
* "increase-x-height", &prop );
* }
*
* @note:
* This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
*
* Set this value right after calling @FT_Set_Char_Size, but before
* loading any glyph (using the auto-hinter).
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight
*
* @description:
* The data exchange structure for the @increase-x-height property.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight_
{
FT_Face face;
FT_UInt limit;
} FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* warping
*
* @description:
* *Experimental* *only*
*
* If FreeType gets compiled with option AF_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_WARPER to
* activate the warp hinting code in the auto-hinter, this property
* switches warping on and off.
*
* Warping only works in `light' auto-hinting mode. The idea of the
* code is to slightly scale and shift a glyph along the non-hinted
* dimension (which is usually the horizontal axis) so that as much of
* its segments are aligned (more or less) to the grid. To find out a
* glyph's optimal scaling and shifting value, various parameter
* combinations are tried and scored.
*
* By default, warping is off. The example below shows how to switch on
* warping (omitting the error handling).
*
* {
* FT_Library library;
* FT_Bool warping = 1;
*
*
* FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
*
* FT_Property_Set( library, "autofitter",
* "warping", &warping );
* }
*
* @note:
* This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
*
* The warping code can also change advance widths. Have a look at the
* `lsb_delta' and `rsb_delta' fields in the @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure
* for details on improving inter-glyph distances while rendering.
*
* Since warping is a global property of the auto-hinter it is best to
* change its value before rendering any face. Otherwise, you should
* reload all faces that get auto-hinted in `light' hinting mode.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* no-stem-darkening[autofit]
*
* @description:
* *Experimental* *only,* *requires* *linear* *alpha* *blending* *and*
* *gamma* *correction*
*
* Stem darkening emboldens glyphs at smaller sizes to make them more
* readable on common low-DPI screens when using linear alpha blending
* and gamma correction, see @FT_Render_Glyph. When not using linear
* alpha blending and gamma correction, glyphs will appear heavy and
* fuzzy!
*
* Gamma correction essentially lightens fonts since shades of grey are
* shifted to higher pixel values (=~higher brightness) to match the
* original intention to the reality of our screens. The side-effect is
* that glyphs `thin out'. Mac OS~X and Adobe's proprietary font
* rendering library implement a counter-measure: stem darkening at
* smaller sizes where shades of gray dominate. By emboldening a glyph
* slightly in relation to its pixel size, individual pixels get higher
* coverage of filled-in outlines and are therefore `blacker'. This
* counteracts the `thinning out' of glyphs, making text remain readable
* at smaller sizes. All glyphs that pass through the auto-hinter will
* be emboldened unless this property is set to TRUE.
*
* See the description of the CFF driver for algorithmic details. Total
* consistency with the CFF driver is currently not achieved because the
* emboldening method differs and glyphs must be scaled down on the
* Y-axis to keep outline points inside their precomputed blue zones.
* The smaller the size (especially 9ppem and down), the higher the loss
* of emboldening versus the CFF driver.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* darkening-parameters[autofit]
*
* @description:
* *Experimental* *only*
*
* See the description of the CFF driver for details. This
* implementation appropriates the
* CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_* #defines for consistency.
* Note the differences described in @no-stem-darkening[autofit].
*
*/
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTAUTOH_H_ */
/* END */

101
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftbbox.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftbbox.h */
/* */
/* FreeType exact bbox computation (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This component has a _single_ role: to compute exact outline bounding */
/* boxes. */
/* */
/* It is separated from the rest of the engine for various technical */
/* reasons. It may well be integrated in `ftoutln' later. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTBBOX_H_
#define FTBBOX_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* outline_processing */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Get_BBox */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Compute the exact bounding box of an outline. This is slower */
/* than computing the control box. However, it uses an advanced */
/* algorithm that returns _very_ quickly when the two boxes */
/* coincide. Otherwise, the outline Bézier arcs are traversed to */
/* extract their extrema. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the source outline. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* abbox :: The outline's exact bounding box. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* If the font is tricky and the glyph has been loaded with */
/* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, the resulting BBox is meaningless. To get */
/* reasonable values for the BBox it is necessary to load the glyph */
/* at a large ppem value (so that the hinting instructions can */
/* properly shift and scale the subglyphs), then extracting the BBox, */
/* which can be eventually converted back to font units. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Get_BBox( FT_Outline* outline,
FT_BBox *abbox );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTBBOX_H_ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */

210
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftbdf.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftbdf.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for accessing BDF-specific strings (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTBDF_H_
#define FTBDF_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* bdf_fonts */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* BDF and PCF Files */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* BDF and PCF specific API. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of functions specific to BDF */
/* and PCF fonts. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/**********************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* BDF_PropertyType
*
* @description:
* A list of BDF property types.
*
* @values:
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE ::
* Value~0 is used to indicate a missing property.
*
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM ::
* Property is a string atom.
*
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER ::
* Property is a 32-bit signed integer.
*
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL ::
* Property is a 32-bit unsigned integer.
*/
typedef enum BDF_PropertyType_
{
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE = 0,
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM = 1,
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER = 2,
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL = 3
} BDF_PropertyType;
/**********************************************************************
*
* @type:
* BDF_Property
*
* @description:
* A handle to a @BDF_PropertyRec structure to model a given
* BDF/PCF property.
*/
typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_* BDF_Property;
/**********************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* BDF_PropertyRec
*
* @description:
* This structure models a given BDF/PCF property.
*
* @fields:
* type ::
* The property type.
*
* u.atom ::
* The atom string, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM. May be
* NULL, indicating an empty string.
*
* u.integer ::
* A signed integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER.
*
* u.cardinal ::
* An unsigned integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL.
*/
typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_
{
BDF_PropertyType type;
union {
const char* atom;
FT_Int32 integer;
FT_UInt32 cardinal;
} u;
} BDF_PropertyRec;
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID
*
* @description:
* Retrieve a BDF font character set identity, according to
* the BDF specification.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* @output:
* acharset_encoding ::
* Charset encoding, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* acharset_registry ::
* Charset registry, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with BDF faces, returning an error otherwise.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID( FT_Face face,
const char* *acharset_encoding,
const char* *acharset_registry );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_BDF_Property
*
* @description:
* Retrieve a BDF property from a BDF or PCF font file.
*
* @input:
* face :: A handle to the input face.
*
* name :: The property name.
*
* @output:
* aproperty :: The property.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function works with BDF _and_ PCF fonts. It returns an error
* otherwise. It also returns an error if the property is not in the
* font.
*
* A `property' is a either key-value pair within the STARTPROPERTIES
* ... ENDPROPERTIES block of a BDF font or a key-value pair from the
* `info->props' array within a `FontRec' structure of a PCF font.
*
* Integer properties are always stored as `signed' within PCF fonts;
* consequently, @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL is a possible return value
* for BDF fonts only.
*
* In case of error, `aproperty->type' is always set to
* @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_BDF_Property( FT_Face face,
const char* prop_name,
BDF_PropertyRec *aproperty );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTBDF_H_ */
/* END */

240
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftbitmap.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftbitmap.h */
/* */
/* FreeType utility functions for bitmaps (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2004-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTBITMAP_H_
#define FTBITMAP_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* bitmap_handling */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Bitmap Handling */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Handling FT_Bitmap objects. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains functions for handling @FT_Bitmap objects. */
/* Note that none of the functions changes the bitmap's `flow' (as */
/* indicated by the sign of the `pitch' field in `FT_Bitmap'). */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_Init */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Initialize a pointer to an @FT_Bitmap structure. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* abitmap :: A pointer to the bitmap structure. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* A deprecated name for the same function is `FT_Bitmap_New'. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Bitmap_Init( FT_Bitmap *abitmap );
/* deprecated */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Bitmap_New( FT_Bitmap *abitmap );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_Copy */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Copy a bitmap into another one. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* source :: A handle to the source bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* target :: A handle to the target bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Copy( FT_Library library,
const FT_Bitmap *source,
FT_Bitmap *target);
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_Embolden */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Embolden a bitmap. The new bitmap will be about `xStrength' */
/* pixels wider and `yStrength' pixels higher. The left and bottom */
/* borders are kept unchanged. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* xStrength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened horizontally. */
/* Expressed in 26.6 pixel format. */
/* */
/* yStrength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened vertically. */
/* Expressed in 26.6 pixel format. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* bitmap :: A handle to the target bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The current implementation restricts `xStrength' to be less than */
/* or equal to~8 if bitmap is of pixel_mode @FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO. */
/* */
/* If you want to embolden the bitmap owned by a @FT_GlyphSlotRec, */
/* you should call @FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap on the slot first. */
/* */
/* Bitmaps in @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2 and @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY@ format */
/* are converted to @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY format (i.e., 8bpp). */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Embolden( FT_Library library,
FT_Bitmap* bitmap,
FT_Pos xStrength,
FT_Pos yStrength );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_Convert */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Convert a bitmap object with depth 1bpp, 2bpp, 4bpp, 8bpp or 32bpp */
/* to a bitmap object with depth 8bpp, making the number of used */
/* bytes line (a.k.a. the `pitch') a multiple of `alignment'. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* source :: The source bitmap. */
/* */
/* alignment :: The pitch of the bitmap is a multiple of this */
/* parameter. Common values are 1, 2, or 4. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* target :: The target bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* It is possible to call @FT_Bitmap_Convert multiple times without */
/* calling @FT_Bitmap_Done (the memory is simply reallocated). */
/* */
/* Use @FT_Bitmap_Done to finally remove the bitmap object. */
/* */
/* The `library' argument is taken to have access to FreeType's */
/* memory handling functions. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Convert( FT_Library library,
const FT_Bitmap *source,
FT_Bitmap *target,
FT_Int alignment );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Make sure that a glyph slot owns `slot->bitmap'. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* slot :: The glyph slot. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function is to be used in combination with */
/* @FT_Bitmap_Embolden. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap( FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_Done */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Destroy a bitmap object initialized with @FT_Bitmap_Init. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* bitmap :: The bitmap object to be freed. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The `library' argument is taken to have access to FreeType's */
/* memory handling functions. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Done( FT_Library library,
FT_Bitmap *bitmap );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTBITMAP_H_ */
/* END */

102
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftbzip2.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftbzip2.h */
/* */
/* Bzip2-compressed stream support. */
/* */
/* Copyright 2010-2016 by */
/* Joel Klinghed. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTBZIP2_H_
#define FTBZIP2_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* bzip2 */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* BZIP2 Streams */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Using bzip2-compressed font files. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of Bzip2-specific functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stream_OpenBzip2
*
* @description:
* Open a new stream to parse bzip2-compressed font files. This is
* mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.bz2' fonts that come
* with XFree86.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* The target embedding stream.
*
* source ::
* The source stream.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
*
* Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will
* *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream. None of the stream
* objects will be released to the heap.
*
* The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
* process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream.
*
* In certain builds of the library, bzip2 compression recognition is
* automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
* This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
* compressed file, the library will try to open a bzip2 compressed stream
* from it and re-open the face with it.
*
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
* of FreeType was not compiled with bzip2 support.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stream_OpenBzip2( FT_Stream stream,
FT_Stream source );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTBZIP2_H_ */
/* END */

1057
ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftcache.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More